File:  [ELWIX - Embedded LightWeight unIX -] / embedaddon / readline / doc / readline.html
Revision 1.1.1.1 (vendor branch): download - view: text, annotated - select for diffs - revision graph
Wed Jul 30 08:16:46 2014 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by misho
Branches: readline, MAIN
CVS tags: v6_3p10_cross, v6_3p10, v6_3, p6, HEAD
readline 6.3

    1: <HTML>
    2: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
    3: <!-- Created on February, 11  2014 by texi2html 1.64 -->
    4: <!-- 
    5: Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
    6:             Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
    7:             Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
    8:             and many others.
    9: Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
   10: Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
   11:  
   12: -->
   13: <HEAD>
   14: <TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE>
   15: 
   16: <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
   17: <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
   18: <META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
   19: <META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
   20: <META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64">
   21: 
   22: </HEAD>
   23: 
   24: <BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000">
   25: 
   26: <A NAME="SEC_Top"></A>
   27: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   28: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   29: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   30: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   31: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   32: </TR></TABLE>
   33: <H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P>
   34: 
   35: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
   36: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
   37: provide a command line interface.
   38: The Readline home page is <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/">http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/</A>.
   39: </P><P>
   40: 
   41: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
   42: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR>
   43: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR>
   44: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR>
   45: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR>
   46: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions
   47: 				   and variables.</TD></TR>
   48: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
   49: <P>
   50: 
   51: <HR SIZE=1>
   52: <A NAME="SEC1"></A>
   53: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   54: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
   55: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
   56: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
   57: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
   58: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
   59: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   60: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   61: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   62: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   63: </TR></TABLE>
   64: <A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A>
   65: <H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1>
   66: <!--docid::SEC1::-->
   67: <P>
   68: 
   69: This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU
   70: command line editing interface.
   71: </P><P>
   72: 
   73: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
   74: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR>
   75: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR>
   76: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR>
   77: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands
   78: 				available for binding</TD></TR>
   79: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline
   80: 				behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR>
   81: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
   82: <P>
   83: 
   84: <A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A>
   85: <HR SIZE="6">
   86: <A NAME="SEC2"></A>
   87: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   88: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
   89: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
   90: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
   91: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
   92: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
   93: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   94: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   95: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   96: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   97: </TR></TABLE>
   98: <H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2>
   99: <!--docid::SEC2::-->
  100: <P>
  101: 
  102: The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
  103: keystrokes.
  104: </P><P>
  105: 
  106: The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
  107: produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key
  108: is depressed.
  109: </P><P>
  110: 
  111: The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
  112: produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD>
  113: key is pressed.
  114: The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards.
  115: On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of
  116: the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to
  117: work as a Meta key.
  118: The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a
  119: Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
  120: Compose key for typing accented characters.
  121: </P><P>
  122: 
  123: If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as
  124: a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
  125: <EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>.
  126: Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key.
  127: </P><P>
  128: 
  129: The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
  130: character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>.
  131: </P><P>
  132: 
  133: In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
  134: <KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all
  135: stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
  136: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
  137: If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will
  138: produce the desired character.
  139: The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on
  140: some keyboards.
  141: </P><P>
  142: 
  143: <A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A>
  144: <HR SIZE="6">
  145: <A NAME="SEC3"></A>
  146: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  147: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  148: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  149: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  150: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
  151: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  152: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  153: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  154: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  155: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  156: </TR></TABLE>
  157: <H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2>
  158: <!--docid::SEC3::-->
  159: <P>
  160: 
  161: Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
  162: only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
  163: Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
  164: as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
  165: you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
  166: you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
  167: insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
  168: the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>.  You do not have to be at the
  169: end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted
  170: regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
  171: </P><P>
  172: 
  173: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
  174: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR>
  175: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR>
  176: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR>
  177: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR>
  178: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR>
  179: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
  180: <P>
  181: 
  182: <A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A>
  183: <HR SIZE="6">
  184: <A NAME="SEC4"></A>
  185: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  186: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  187: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  188: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  189: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  195: </TR></TABLE>
  196: <H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3>
  197: <!--docid::SEC4::-->
  198: <P>
  199: 
  200: In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
  201: character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
  202: space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your
  203: erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
  204: </P><P>
  205: 
  206: Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
  207: not notice the error until you have typed several other characters.  In
  208: that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then
  209: correct your mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
  210: with <KBD>C-f</KBD>.
  211: </P><P>
  212: 
  213: When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
  214: to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
  215: that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
  216: characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
  217: blank space created by the removal of the text.  A list of the bare
  218: essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
  219: </P><P>
  220: 
  221: <DL COMPACT>
  222: <DT><KBD>C-b</KBD>
  223: <DD>Move back one character.
  224: <DT><KBD>C-f</KBD>
  225: <DD>Move forward one character.
  226: <DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD>
  227: <DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
  228: <DT><KBD>C-d</KBD>
  229: <DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor.
  230: <DT>Printing characters
  231: <DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
  232: <DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD>
  233: <DD>Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
  234: empty line.
  235: </DL>
  236: <P>
  237: 
  238: (Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to
  239: delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set
  240: to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather
  241: than the character to the left of the cursor.)
  242: </P><P>
  243: 
  244: <A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A>
  245: <HR SIZE="6">
  246: <A NAME="SEC5"></A>
  247: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  248: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  249: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  250: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  251: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  252: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  253: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  254: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  255: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  256: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  257: </TR></TABLE>
  258: <H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3>
  259: <!--docid::SEC5::-->
  260: <P>
  261: 
  262: The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
  263: in order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
  264: other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>,
  265: <KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
  266: about the line.
  267: </P><P>
  268: 
  269: <DL COMPACT>
  270: <DT><KBD>C-a</KBD>
  271: <DD>Move to the start of the line.
  272: <DT><KBD>C-e</KBD>
  273: <DD>Move to the end of the line.
  274: <DT><KBD>M-f</KBD>
  275: <DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
  276: <DT><KBD>M-b</KBD>
  277: <DD>Move backward a word.
  278: <DT><KBD>C-l</KBD>
  279: <DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
  280: </DL>
  281: <P>
  282: 
  283: Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves
  284: forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
  285: operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
  286: </P><P>
  287: 
  288: <A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A>
  289: <HR SIZE="6">
  290: <A NAME="SEC6"></A>
  291: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  292: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  293: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  294: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  295: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  296: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  297: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  298: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  299: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  300: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  301: </TR></TABLE>
  302: <H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3>
  303: <!--docid::SEC6::-->
  304: <P>
  305: 
  306: <A NAME="IDX1"></A>
  307: <A NAME="IDX2"></A>
  308: </P><P>
  309: 
  310: <EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
  311: it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting)
  312: it back into the line.
  313: (`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
  314: </P><P>
  315: 
  316: If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
  317: be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
  318: place later.
  319: </P><P>
  320: 
  321: When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>.
  322: Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
  323: that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill
  324: ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
  325: typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
  326: another line.
  327: <A NAME="IDX3"></A>
  328: </P><P>
  329: 
  330: Here is the list of commands for killing text.
  331: </P><P>
  332: 
  333: <DL COMPACT>
  334: <DT><KBD>C-k</KBD>
  335: <DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
  336: <P>
  337: 
  338: <DT><KBD>M-d</KBD>
  339: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
  340: words, to the end of the next word.
  341: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
  342: <P>
  343: 
  344: <DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD>
  345: <DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
  346: words, to the start of the previous word.
  347: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>.
  348: <P>
  349: 
  350: <DT><KBD>C-w</KBD>
  351: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is different than
  352: <KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ.
  353: <P>
  354: 
  355: </DL>
  356: <P>
  357: 
  358: Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line.  Yanking
  359: means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
  360: </P><P>
  361: 
  362: <DL COMPACT>
  363: <DT><KBD>C-y</KBD>
  364: <DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
  365: <P>
  366: 
  367: <DT><KBD>M-y</KBD>
  368: <DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
  369: the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>.
  370: </DL>
  371: <P>
  372: 
  373: <A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A>
  374: <HR SIZE="6">
  375: <A NAME="SEC7"></A>
  376: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  377: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  382: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  383: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  384: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  385: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  386: </TR></TABLE>
  387: <H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3>
  388: <!--docid::SEC7::-->
  389: <P>
  390: 
  391: You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
  392: argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the
  393: argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
  394: command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
  395: act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
  396: start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>.
  397: </P><P>
  398: 
  399: The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
  400: digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
  401: sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once
  402: you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
  403: the remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
  404: the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>,
  405: which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
  406: </P><P>
  407: 
  408: <A NAME="Searching"></A>
  409: <HR SIZE="6">
  410: <A NAME="SEC8"></A>
  411: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  412: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  413: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  414: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  415: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  416: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  417: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  418: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  419: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  421: </TR></TABLE>
  422: <H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3>
  423: <!--docid::SEC8::-->
  424: <P>
  425: 
  426: Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
  427: for lines containing a specified string.
  428: There are two search modes:  <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>.
  429: </P><P>
  430: 
  431: Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
  432: search string.
  433: As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
  434: the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
  435: An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
  436: find the desired history entry.
  437: To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
  438: <KBD>C-r</KBD>.  Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history.
  439: The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable
  440: are used to terminate an incremental search.
  441: If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
  442: <KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search.
  443: <KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
  444: When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
  445: search string becomes the current line.
  446: </P><P>
  447: 
  448: To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or
  449: <KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate.
  450: This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
  451: entry matching the search string typed so far.
  452: Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
  453: the search and execute that command.
  454: For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept
  455: the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
  456: A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
  457: the current line, and begin editing.
  458: </P><P>
  459: 
  460: Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
  461: <KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
  462: search string, any remembered search string is used.
  463: </P><P>
  464: 
  465: Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
  466: to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
  467: typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
  468: </P><P>
  469: 
  470: <A NAME="Readline Init File"></A>
  471: <HR SIZE="6">
  472: <A NAME="SEC9"></A>
  473: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  474: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  475: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  476: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  477: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
  478: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  479: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  480: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  481: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  482: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  483: </TR></TABLE>
  484: <H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2>
  485: <!--docid::SEC9::-->
  486: <P>
  487: 
  488: Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
  489: keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
  490: of keybindings.
  491: Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
  492: commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory.
  493: The name of this
  494: file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>.  If
  495: that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>.  If that
  496: file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
  497: <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>.
  498: </P><P>
  499: 
  500: When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
  501: init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
  502: </P><P>
  503: 
  504: In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus
  505: incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
  506: </P><P>
  507: 
  508: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
  509: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  510: </TABLE>
  511: 
  512: <br>
  513: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
  514: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  515: </TABLE>
  516: 
  517: <br>
  518: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
  519: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  520: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
  521: <P>
  522: 
  523: <A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A>
  524: <HR SIZE="6">
  525: <A NAME="SEC10"></A>
  526: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  527: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  528: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  529: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  530: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
  531: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  532: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  533: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  534: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  535: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  536: </TR></TABLE>
  537: <H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3>
  538: <!--docid::SEC10::-->
  539: <P>
  540: 
  541: There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
  542: Readline init file.  Blank lines are ignored.
  543: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments.
  544: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional
  545: constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).  Other lines
  546: denote variable settings and key bindings.
  547: </P><P>
  548: 
  549: <DL COMPACT>
  550: <DT>Variable Settings
  551: <DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
  552: altering the values of variables in Readline
  553: using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file.
  554: The syntax is simple:
  555: <P>
  556: 
  557: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>
  558: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
  559: 
  560: Here, for example, is how to
  561: change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
  562: <CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands:
  563: </P><P>
  564: 
  565: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi
  566: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
  567: 
  568: Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
  569: to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
  570: </P><P>
  571: 
  572: Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
  573: the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1.  Any other
  574: value results in the variable being set to off.
  575: </P><P>
  576: 
  577: A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
  578: variables.
  579: </P><P>
  580: 
  581: <A NAME="IDX4"></A>
  582: <DL COMPACT>
  583: 
  584: <DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE>
  585: <DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A>
  586: Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
  587: If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell.  If set to
  588: <SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
  589: If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring
  590: the terminal's bell.
  591: <P>
  592: 
  593: <DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE>
  594: <DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A>
  595: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to bind the control characters  
  596: treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their Readline
  597: equivalents.
  598: <P>
  599: 
  600: <DT><CODE>colored-stats</CODE>
  601: <DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A>
  602: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline displays possible completions using different
  603: colors to indicate their file type.
  604: The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
  605: environment variable.
  606: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  607: <P>
  608: 
  609: <DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
  610: <DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A>
  611: The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
  612: <CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed.  The default value
  613: is <CODE>"#"</CODE>.
  614: <P>
  615: 
  616: <DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>
  617: <DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A>
  618: The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
  619: when performing completion.
  620: The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
  621: screen width.
  622: A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
  623: The default value is -1.
  624: <P>
  625: 
  626: <DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE>
  627: <DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A>
  628: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion
  629: in a case-insensitive fashion.
  630: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  631: <P>
  632: 
  633: <DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE>
  634: <DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A>
  635: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline
  636: treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when
  637: performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
  638: <P>
  639: 
  640: <DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE>
  641: <DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A>
  642: The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
  643: completions that is displayed without modification.  When set to a
  644: value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
  645: replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
  646: <P>
  647: 
  648: <DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE>
  649: <DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A>
  650: The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
  651: asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
  652: If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
  653: Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
  654: them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
  655: This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
  656: A negative value means Readline should never ask.
  657: The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>.
  658: <P>
  659: 
  660: <DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE>
  661: <DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A>
  662: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the
  663: eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth
  664: bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a
  665: meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  666: <P>
  667: 
  668: <DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE>
  669: <DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A>
  670: If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion.
  671: Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
  672: been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  673: <P>
  674: 
  675: <DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE>
  676: <DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A>
  677: The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of
  678: key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
  679: mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
  680: set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>.
  681: <P>
  682: 
  683: <DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE>
  684: <DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
  685: readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
  686: keyboard.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  687: <P>
  688: 
  689: <DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE>
  690: <DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A>
  691: When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application
  692: keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable the
  693: arrow keys.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  694: <P>
  695: 
  696: <DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE>
  697: <DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
  698: key the terminal claims to support when it is called.  On many terminals,
  699: the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
  700: The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  701: <P>
  702: 
  703: <DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE>
  704: <DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A>
  705: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
  706: attempts word completion.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  707: <P>
  708: 
  709: <DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE>
  710: <DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A>
  711: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the
  712: current cursor position) at the
  713: same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE>
  714: or <CODE>next-history</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  715: <P>
  716: 
  717: <DT><CODE>history-size</CODE>
  718: <DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A>
  719: Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
  720: If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
  721: are saved.
  722: If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
  723: limited.
  724: By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
  725: <P>
  726: 
  727: <DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE>
  728: <DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A>
  729: This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.  Setting it
  730: to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
  731: horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
  732: of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.  By default,
  733: this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  734: <P>
  735: 
  736: <DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE>
  737: <DD><A NAME="IDX22"></A>
  738: <A NAME="IDX23"></A>
  739: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
  740: will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
  741: regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
  742: default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.  The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a
  743: synonym for this variable.
  744: <P>
  745: 
  746: <DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE>
  747: <DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A>
  748: The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
  749: subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>).
  750: If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
  751: <KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search.
  752: <P>
  753: 
  754: <DT><CODE>keymap</CODE>
  755: <DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A>
  756: Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
  757: Acceptable <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are
  758: <CODE>emacs</CODE>,
  759: <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>,
  760: <CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>,
  761: <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>,
  762: <CODE>vi</CODE>,
  763: <CODE>vi-move</CODE>,
  764: <CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and
  765: <CODE>vi-insert</CODE>.
  766: <CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE>; <CODE>emacs</CODE> is
  767: equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>.  The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>.
  768: The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the
  769: default keymap.
  770: <P>
  771: 
  772: <DT><CODE>keyseq-timeout</CODE>
  773: <DD>Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
  774: ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
  775: the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
  776: key sequence).
  777: If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
  778: but complete key sequence.
  779: Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
  780: available on the current input source (<CODE>rl_instream</CODE> by default).
  781: The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
  782: Readline will wait one second for additional input.
  783: If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
  784: non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
  785: decide which key sequence to complete.
  786: The default value is <CODE>500</CODE>.
  787: <P>
  788: 
  789: <DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE>
  790: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash
  791: appended.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  792: <P>
  793: 
  794: <DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE>
  795: <DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A>
  796: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an
  797: asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
  798: This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default.
  799: <P>
  800: 
  801: <DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE>
  802: <DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A>
  803: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links
  804: to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
  805: <CODE>mark-directories</CODE>).
  806: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  807: <P>
  808: 
  809: <DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE>
  810: <DD><A NAME="IDX28"></A>
  811: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose
  812: names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename
  813: completion.
  814: If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be
  815: supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
  816: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
  817: <P>
  818: 
  819: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE>
  820: <DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A>
  821: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
  822: list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
  823: the list.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  824: <P>
  825: 
  826: <DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE>
  827: <DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A>
  828: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the
  829: eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
  830: sequence.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  831: <P>
  832: 
  833: <DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE>
  834: <DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A>
  835: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager
  836: to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
  837: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
  838: <P>
  839: 
  840: <DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE>
  841: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches
  842: sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
  843: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  844: <P>
  845: 
  846: <DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE>
  847: <DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A>
  848: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
  849: before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed.  By default,
  850: history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
  851: calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  852: <P>
  853: 
  854: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE>
  855: <DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A>
  856: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.  If
  857: set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
  858: words which have more than one possible completion cause the
  859: matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
  860: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  861: <P>
  862: 
  863: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE>
  864: <DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A>
  865: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
  866: a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>.
  867: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
  868: words which have more than one possible completion without any
  869: possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
  870: a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
  871: of ringing the bell.
  872: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  873: <P>
  874: 
  875: <DT><CODE>show-mode-in-prompt</CODE>
  876: <DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A>
  877: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, add a character to the beginning of the prompt
  878: indicating the editing mode: emacs (<SAMP>`@'</SAMP>), vi command (<SAMP>`:'</SAMP>),
  879: or vi insertion (<SAMP>`+'</SAMP>).
  880: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  881: <P>
  882: 
  883: <DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE>
  884: <DD><A NAME="IDX36"></A>
  885: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when
  886: inserting a single match into the line.  It's only active when
  887: performing completion in the middle of a word.  If enabled, readline
  888: does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
  889: after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
  890: following the cursor are not duplicated.
  891: For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
  892: is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP>
  893: rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible
  894: completion.
  895: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  896: <P>
  897: 
  898: <DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE>
  899: <DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A>
  900: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type
  901: is appended to the filename when listing possible
  902: completions.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  903: <P>
  904: 
  905: </DL>
  906: <P>
  907: 
  908: <DT>Key Bindings
  909: <DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
  910: simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
  911: want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the command
  912: name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
  913: the command does.
  914: <P>
  915: 
  916: Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
  917: in the init file the name of the key
  918: you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
  919: command.
  920: There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
  921: interpreted as part of the key name.
  922: The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
  923: what you find most comfortable.
  924: </P><P>
  925: 
  926: In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
  927: to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>).
  928: </P><P>
  929: 
  930: <DL COMPACT>
  931: <DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
  932: <DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For example:
  933: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument
  934: Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
  935: Control-o: "&#62; output"
  936: </pre></td></tr></table><P>
  937: 
  938: In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function
  939: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>,
  940: <KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and
  941: <KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro
  942: expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
  943: <SAMP>`&#62; output'</SAMP> into the line).
  944: </P><P>
  945: 
  946: A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
  947: processing this key binding syntax:
  948: <VAR>DEL</VAR>,
  949: <VAR>ESC</VAR>,
  950: <VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>,
  951: <VAR>LFD</VAR>,
  952: <VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>,
  953: <VAR>RET</VAR>,
  954: <VAR>RETURN</VAR>,
  955: <VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>,
  956: <VAR>SPACE</VAR>,
  957: <VAR>SPC</VAR>,
  958: and
  959: <VAR>TAB</VAR>.
  960: </P><P>
  961: 
  962: <DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
  963: <DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings
  964: denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
  965: the key sequence in double quotes.  Some GNU Emacs style key
  966: escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
  967: special character names are not recognized.
  968: <P>
  969: 
  970: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument
  971: "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
  972: "\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
  973: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
  974: 
  975: In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function
  976: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example),
  977: <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>,
  978: and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert
  979: the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>.
  980: </P><P>
  981: 
  982: </DL>
  983: <P>
  984: 
  985: The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
  986: specifying key sequences:
  987: </P><P>
  988: 
  989: <DL COMPACT>
  990: <DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE>
  991: <DD>control prefix
  992: <DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE>
  993: <DD>meta prefix
  994: <DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE>
  995: <DD>an escape character
  996: <DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE>
  997: <DD>backslash
  998: <DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE>
  999: <DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark
 1000: <DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE>
 1001: <DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe
 1002: </DL>
 1003: <P>
 1004: 
 1005: In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
 1006: set of backslash escapes is available:
 1007: </P><P>
 1008: 
 1009: <DL COMPACT>
 1010: <DT><CODE>\a</CODE>
 1011: <DD>alert (bell)
 1012: <DT><CODE>\b</CODE>
 1013: <DD>backspace
 1014: <DT><CODE>\d</CODE>
 1015: <DD>delete
 1016: <DT><CODE>\f</CODE>
 1017: <DD>form feed
 1018: <DT><CODE>\n</CODE>
 1019: <DD>newline
 1020: <DT><CODE>\r</CODE>
 1021: <DD>carriage return
 1022: <DT><CODE>\t</CODE>
 1023: <DD>horizontal tab
 1024: <DT><CODE>\v</CODE>
 1025: <DD>vertical tab
 1026: <DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE>
 1027: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR>
 1028: (one to three digits)
 1029: <DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE>
 1030: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR>
 1031: (one or two hex digits)
 1032: </DL>
 1033: <P>
 1034: 
 1035: When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
 1036: be used to indicate a macro definition.
 1037: Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
 1038: In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
 1039: Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
 1040: including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>.
 1041: For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP>
 1042: insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line:
 1043: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\"
 1044: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 1045: 
 1046: </DL>
 1047: <P>
 1048: 
 1049: <A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A>
 1050: <HR SIZE="6">
 1051: <A NAME="SEC11"></A>
 1052: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1053: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1054: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1055: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1056: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1057: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1058: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1059: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1060: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1061: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1062: </TR></TABLE>
 1063: <H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3>
 1064: <!--docid::SEC11::-->
 1065: <P>
 1066: 
 1067: Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
 1068: compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
 1069: bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
 1070: of tests.  There are four parser directives used.
 1071: </P><P>
 1072: 
 1073: <DL COMPACT>
 1074: <DT><CODE>$if</CODE>
 1075: <DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the
 1076: editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
 1077: Readline.  The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
 1078: no characters are required to isolate it.
 1079: <P>
 1080: 
 1081: <DL COMPACT>
 1082: <DT><CODE>mode</CODE>
 1083: <DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test
 1084: whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode.
 1085: This may be used in conjunction
 1086: with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in
 1087: the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if
 1088: Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
 1089: <P>
 1090: 
 1091: <DT><CODE>term</CODE>
 1092: <DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific
 1093: key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
 1094: terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
 1095: <SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
 1096: the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>.  This
 1097: allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>,
 1098: for instance.
 1099: <P>
 1100: 
 1101: <DT><CODE>application</CODE>
 1102: <DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include
 1103: application-specific settings.  Each program using the Readline
 1104: library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for
 1105: a particular value. 
 1106: This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
 1107: a specific program.  For instance, the following command adds a
 1108: key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
 1109: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash
 1110: # Quote the current or previous word
 1111: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
 1112: $endif
 1113: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
 1114: <P>
 1115: 
 1116: <DT><CODE>$endif</CODE>
 1117: <DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
 1118: <CODE>$if</CODE> command.
 1119: <P>
 1120: 
 1121: <DT><CODE>$else</CODE>
 1122: <DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if
 1123: the test fails.
 1124: <P>
 1125: 
 1126: <DT><CODE>$include</CODE>
 1127: <DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
 1128: and bindings from that file.
 1129: For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>:
 1130: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc
 1131: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
 1132: <P>
 1133: 
 1134: <A NAME="Sample Init File"></A>
 1135: <HR SIZE="6">
 1136: <A NAME="SEC12"></A>
 1137: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1138: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1139: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1140: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1141: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1142: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1143: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1144: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1145: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1146: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1147: </TR></TABLE>
 1148: <H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3>
 1149: <!--docid::SEC12::-->
 1150: <P>
 1151: 
 1152: Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This illustrates key
 1153: binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
 1154: </P><P>
 1155: 
 1156: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
 1157: # programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
 1158: # programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
 1159: #
 1160: # You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
 1161: # Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
 1162: #
 1163: # First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
 1164: # assignments from /etc/Inputrc
 1165: $include /etc/Inputrc
 1166: 
 1167: #
 1168: # Set various bindings for emacs mode.
 1169: 
 1170: set editing-mode emacs 
 1171: 
 1172: $if mode=emacs
 1173: 
 1174: Meta-Control-h:	backward-kill-word	Text after the function name is ignored
 1175: 
 1176: #
 1177: # Arrow keys in keypad mode
 1178: #
 1179: #"\M-OD":        backward-char
 1180: #"\M-OC":        forward-char
 1181: #"\M-OA":        previous-history
 1182: #"\M-OB":        next-history
 1183: #
 1184: # Arrow keys in ANSI mode
 1185: #
 1186: "\M-[D":        backward-char
 1187: "\M-[C":        forward-char
 1188: "\M-[A":        previous-history
 1189: "\M-[B":        next-history
 1190: #
 1191: # Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
 1192: #
 1193: #"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
 1194: #"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
 1195: #"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
 1196: #"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
 1197: #
 1198: # Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
 1199: #
 1200: #"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
 1201: #"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
 1202: #"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
 1203: #"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
 1204: 
 1205: C-q: quoted-insert
 1206: 
 1207: $endif
 1208: 
 1209: # An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
 1210: TAB: complete
 1211: 
 1212: # Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
 1213: $if Bash
 1214: # edit the path
 1215: "\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
 1216: # prepare to type a quoted word --
 1217: # insert open and close double quotes
 1218: # and move to just after the open quote
 1219: "\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
 1220: # insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
 1221: # in sequences and macros)
 1222: "\C-x\\": "\\"
 1223: # Quote the current or previous word
 1224: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
 1225: # Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
 1226: "\C-xr": redraw-current-line
 1227: # Edit variable on current line.
 1228: "\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
 1229: $endif
 1230: 
 1231: # use a visible bell if one is available
 1232: set bell-style visible
 1233: 
 1234: # don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
 1235: set input-meta on
 1236: 
 1237: # allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
 1238: # than converted to prefix-meta sequences
 1239: set convert-meta off
 1240: 
 1241: # display characters with the eighth bit set directly
 1242: # rather than as meta-prefixed characters
 1243: set output-meta on
 1244: 
 1245: # if there are more than 150 possible completions for
 1246: # a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
 1247: set completion-query-items 150
 1248: 
 1249: # For FTP
 1250: $if Ftp
 1251: "\C-xg": "get \M-?"
 1252: "\C-xt": "put \M-?"
 1253: "\M-.": yank-last-arg
 1254: $endif
 1255: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 1256: 
 1257: <A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A>
 1258: <HR SIZE="6">
 1259: <A NAME="SEC13"></A>
 1260: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1261: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1262: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1263: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1264: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1265: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1266: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1267: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1268: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1269: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1270: </TR></TABLE>
 1271: <H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2>
 1272: <!--docid::SEC13::-->
 1273: <P>
 1274: 
 1275: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 1276: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR>
 1277: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR>
 1278: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR>
 1279: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR>
 1280: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR>
 1281: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR>
 1282: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR>
 1283: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR>
 1284: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 1285: <P>
 1286: 
 1287: This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
 1288: sequences.
 1289: Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
 1290: </P><P>
 1291: 
 1292: In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor
 1293: position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the
 1294: <CODE>set-mark</CODE> command.
 1295: The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>.
 1296: </P><P>
 1297: 
 1298: <A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A>
 1299: <HR SIZE="6">
 1300: <A NAME="SEC14"></A>
 1301: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1302: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1303: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1304: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1305: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1306: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1307: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1308: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1309: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1310: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1311: </TR></TABLE>
 1312: <H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3>
 1313: <!--docid::SEC14::-->
 1314: <DL COMPACT>
 1315: <A NAME="IDX38"></A>
 1316: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE>
 1317: <DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A>
 1318: Move to the start of the current line.
 1319: <P>
 1320: 
 1321: <A NAME="IDX40"></A>
 1322: <DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE>
 1323: <DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A>
 1324: Move to the end of the line.
 1325: <P>
 1326: 
 1327: <A NAME="IDX42"></A>
 1328: <DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE>
 1329: <DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A>
 1330: Move forward a character.
 1331: <P>
 1332: 
 1333: <A NAME="IDX44"></A>
 1334: <DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE>
 1335: <DD><A NAME="IDX45"></A>
 1336: Move back a character.
 1337: <P>
 1338: 
 1339: <A NAME="IDX46"></A>
 1340: <DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE>
 1341: <DD><A NAME="IDX47"></A>
 1342: Move forward to the end of the next word.
 1343: Words are composed of letters and digits.
 1344: <P>
 1345: 
 1346: <A NAME="IDX48"></A>
 1347: <DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE>
 1348: <DD><A NAME="IDX49"></A>
 1349: Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
 1350: Words are composed of letters and digits.
 1351: <P>
 1352: 
 1353: <A NAME="IDX50"></A>
 1354: <DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE>
 1355: <DD><A NAME="IDX51"></A>
 1356: Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
 1357: leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
 1358: <P>
 1359: 
 1360: <A NAME="IDX52"></A>
 1361: <DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE>
 1362: <DD><A NAME="IDX53"></A>
 1363: Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
 1364: <P>
 1365: 
 1366: </DL>
 1367: <P>
 1368: 
 1369: <A NAME="Commands For History"></A>
 1370: <HR SIZE="6">
 1371: <A NAME="SEC15"></A>
 1372: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1373: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1374: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1375: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1376: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1377: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1382: </TR></TABLE>
 1383: <H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3>
 1384: <!--docid::SEC15::-->
 1385: <P>
 1386: 
 1387: <DL COMPACT>
 1388: <A NAME="IDX54"></A>
 1389: <DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE>
 1390: <DD><A NAME="IDX55"></A>
 1391: Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
 1392: If this line is
 1393: non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
 1394: <CODE>add_history()</CODE>.
 1395: If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
 1396: to its original state.
 1397: <P>
 1398: 
 1399: <A NAME="IDX56"></A>
 1400: <DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE>
 1401: <DD><A NAME="IDX57"></A>
 1402: Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
 1403: <P>
 1404: 
 1405: <A NAME="IDX58"></A>
 1406: <DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE>
 1407: <DD><A NAME="IDX59"></A>
 1408: Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
 1409: <P>
 1410: 
 1411: <A NAME="IDX60"></A>
 1412: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE>
 1413: <DD><A NAME="IDX61"></A>
 1414: Move to the first line in the history.
 1415: <P>
 1416: 
 1417: <A NAME="IDX62"></A>
 1418: <DT><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE>
 1419: <DD><A NAME="IDX63"></A>
 1420: Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
 1421: being entered.
 1422: <P>
 1423: 
 1424: <A NAME="IDX64"></A>
 1425: <DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE>
 1426: <DD><A NAME="IDX65"></A>
 1427: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
 1428: the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
 1429: <P>
 1430: 
 1431: <A NAME="IDX66"></A>
 1432: <DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE>
 1433: <DD><A NAME="IDX67"></A>
 1434: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
 1435: the the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
 1436: <P>
 1437: 
 1438: <A NAME="IDX68"></A>
 1439: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE>
 1440: <DD><A NAME="IDX69"></A>
 1441: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
 1442: through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
 1443: for a string supplied by the user.
 1444: <P>
 1445: 
 1446: <A NAME="IDX70"></A>
 1447: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE>
 1448: <DD><A NAME="IDX71"></A>
 1449: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
 1450: through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
 1451: for a string supplied by the user.
 1452: <P>
 1453: 
 1454: <A NAME="IDX72"></A>
 1455: <DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE>
 1456: <DD><A NAME="IDX73"></A>
 1457: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
 1458: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1459: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
 1460: This is a non-incremental search.
 1461: By default, this command is unbound.
 1462: <P>
 1463: 
 1464: <A NAME="IDX74"></A>
 1465: <DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE>
 1466: <DD><A NAME="IDX75"></A>
 1467: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
 1468: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1469: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
 1470: This is a non-incremental search.
 1471: By default, this command is unbound.
 1472: <P>
 1473: 
 1474: <A NAME="IDX76"></A>
 1475: <DT><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE>
 1476: <DD><A NAME="IDX77"></A>
 1477: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
 1478: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1479: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1480: This is a non-incremental search.
 1481: By default, this command is unbound.
 1482: <P>
 1483: 
 1484: <A NAME="IDX78"></A>
 1485: <DT><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE>
 1486: <DD><A NAME="IDX79"></A>
 1487: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
 1488: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1489: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1490: This is a non-incremental search.
 1491: By default, this command is unbound.
 1492: <P>
 1493: 
 1494: <A NAME="IDX80"></A>
 1495: <DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE>
 1496: <DD><A NAME="IDX81"></A>
 1497: Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
 1498: the second word on the previous line) at point.
 1499: With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>,
 1500: insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words
 1501: in the previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument
 1502: inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command.
 1503: Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted
 1504: as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
 1505: <P>
 1506: 
 1507: <A NAME="IDX82"></A>
 1508: <DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE>
 1509: <DD><A NAME="IDX83"></A>
 1510: Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
 1511: previous history entry).
 1512: With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>.
 1513: Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history
 1514: list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
 1515: the first call) of each line in turn.
 1516: Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
 1517: the direction to move through the history.  A negative argument switches
 1518: the direction through the history (back or forward).
 1519: The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
 1520: as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
 1521: <P>
 1522: 
 1523: </DL>
 1524: <P>
 1525: 
 1526: <A NAME="Commands For Text"></A>
 1527: <HR SIZE="6">
 1528: <A NAME="SEC16"></A>
 1529: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1530: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1531: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1532: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1533: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1534: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1535: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1536: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1537: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1538: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1539: </TR></TABLE>
 1540: <H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3>
 1541: <!--docid::SEC16::-->
 1542: <P>
 1543: 
 1544: <DL COMPACT>
 1545: 
 1546: <A NAME="IDX84"></A>
 1547: <DT><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE>
 1548: <DD><A NAME="IDX85"></A>
 1549: The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
 1550: <CODE>stty</CODE>.  If this character is read when there are no characters
 1551: on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
 1552: interprets it as the end of input and returns EOF.
 1553: <P>
 1554: 
 1555: <A NAME="IDX86"></A>
 1556: <DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE>
 1557: <DD><A NAME="IDX87"></A>
 1558: Delete the character at point.  If this function is bound to the
 1559: same character as the tty EOF character, as <KBD>C-d</KBD>
 1560: commonly is, see above for the effects.
 1561: <P>
 1562: 
 1563: <A NAME="IDX88"></A>
 1564: <DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE>
 1565: <DD><A NAME="IDX89"></A>
 1566: Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
 1567: to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
 1568: <P>
 1569: 
 1570: <A NAME="IDX90"></A>
 1571: <DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE>
 1572: <DD><A NAME="IDX91"></A>
 1573: Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
 1574: end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
 1575: deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
 1576: <P>
 1577: 
 1578: <A NAME="IDX92"></A>
 1579: <DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE>
 1580: <DD><A NAME="IDX93"></A>
 1581: Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is
 1582: how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example.
 1583: <P>
 1584: 
 1585: <A NAME="IDX94"></A>
 1586: <DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
 1587: <DD><A NAME="IDX95"></A>
 1588: Insert a tab character.
 1589: <P>
 1590: 
 1591: <A NAME="IDX96"></A>
 1592: <DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
 1593: <DD><A NAME="IDX97"></A>
 1594: Insert yourself.
 1595: <P>
 1596: 
 1597: <A NAME="IDX98"></A>
 1598: <DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE>
 1599: <DD><A NAME="IDX99"></A>
 1600: Drag the character before the cursor forward over
 1601: the character at the cursor, moving the
 1602: cursor forward as well.  If the insertion point
 1603: is at the end of the line, then this
 1604: transposes the last two characters of the line.
 1605: Negative arguments have no effect.
 1606: <P>
 1607: 
 1608: <A NAME="IDX100"></A>
 1609: <DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE>
 1610: <DD><A NAME="IDX101"></A>
 1611: Drag the word before point past the word after point,
 1612: moving point past that word as well.
 1613: If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
 1614: the last two words on the line.
 1615: <P>
 1616: 
 1617: <A NAME="IDX102"></A>
 1618: <DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE>
 1619: <DD><A NAME="IDX103"></A>
 1620: Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1621: uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1622: <P>
 1623: 
 1624: <A NAME="IDX104"></A>
 1625: <DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE>
 1626: <DD><A NAME="IDX105"></A>
 1627: Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1628: lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1629: <P>
 1630: 
 1631: <A NAME="IDX106"></A>
 1632: <DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE>
 1633: <DD><A NAME="IDX107"></A>
 1634: Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1635: capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1636: <P>
 1637: 
 1638: <A NAME="IDX108"></A>
 1639: <DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE>
 1640: <DD><A NAME="IDX109"></A>
 1641: Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
 1642: switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
 1643: argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
 1644: <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently.
 1645: Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode.
 1646: <P>
 1647: 
 1648: In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace
 1649: the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
 1650: Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character
 1651: before point with a space.
 1652: </P><P>
 1653: 
 1654: By default, this command is unbound.
 1655: </P><P>
 1656: 
 1657: </DL>
 1658: <P>
 1659: 
 1660: <A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A>
 1661: <HR SIZE="6">
 1662: <A NAME="SEC17"></A>
 1663: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1664: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1665: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1666: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1667: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1668: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1669: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1670: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1671: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1672: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1673: </TR></TABLE>
 1674: <H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3>
 1675: <!--docid::SEC17::-->
 1676: <P>
 1677: 
 1678: <DL COMPACT>
 1679: 
 1680: <A NAME="IDX110"></A>
 1681: <DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE>
 1682: <DD><A NAME="IDX111"></A>
 1683: Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
 1684: <P>
 1685: 
 1686: <A NAME="IDX112"></A>
 1687: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE>
 1688: <DD><A NAME="IDX113"></A>
 1689: Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
 1690: <P>
 1691: 
 1692: <A NAME="IDX114"></A>
 1693: <DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE>
 1694: <DD><A NAME="IDX115"></A>
 1695: Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
 1696: <P>
 1697: 
 1698: <A NAME="IDX116"></A>
 1699: <DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE>
 1700: <DD><A NAME="IDX117"></A>
 1701: Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
 1702: By default, this is unbound.
 1703: <P>
 1704: 
 1705: <A NAME="IDX118"></A>
 1706: <DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE>
 1707: <DD><A NAME="IDX119"></A>
 1708: Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
 1709: words, to the end of the next word.
 1710: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
 1711: <P>
 1712: 
 1713: <A NAME="IDX120"></A>
 1714: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE>
 1715: <DD><A NAME="IDX121"></A>
 1716: Kill the word behind point.
 1717: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
 1718: <P>
 1719: 
 1720: <A NAME="IDX122"></A>
 1721: <DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE>
 1722: <DD><A NAME="IDX123"></A>
 1723: Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
 1724: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
 1725: <P>
 1726: 
 1727: <A NAME="IDX124"></A>
 1728: <DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE>
 1729: <DD><A NAME="IDX125"></A>
 1730: Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
 1731: as the word boundaries.
 1732: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
 1733: <P>
 1734: 
 1735: <A NAME="IDX126"></A>
 1736: <DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE>
 1737: <DD><A NAME="IDX127"></A>
 1738: Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
 1739: <P>
 1740: 
 1741: <A NAME="IDX128"></A>
 1742: <DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE>
 1743: <DD><A NAME="IDX129"></A>
 1744: Kill the text in the current region.
 1745: By default, this command is unbound.
 1746: <P>
 1747: 
 1748: <A NAME="IDX130"></A>
 1749: <DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE>
 1750: <DD><A NAME="IDX131"></A>
 1751: Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
 1752: right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
 1753: <P>
 1754: 
 1755: <A NAME="IDX132"></A>
 1756: <DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE>
 1757: <DD><A NAME="IDX133"></A>
 1758: Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
 1759: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
 1760: By default, this command is unbound.
 1761: <P>
 1762: 
 1763: <A NAME="IDX134"></A>
 1764: <DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE>
 1765: <DD><A NAME="IDX135"></A>
 1766: Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
 1767: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
 1768: By default, this command is unbound.
 1769: <P>
 1770: 
 1771: <A NAME="IDX136"></A>
 1772: <DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE>
 1773: <DD><A NAME="IDX137"></A>
 1774: Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
 1775: <P>
 1776: 
 1777: <A NAME="IDX138"></A>
 1778: <DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE>
 1779: <DD><A NAME="IDX139"></A>
 1780: Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
 1781: the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>.
 1782: </DL>
 1783: <P>
 1784: 
 1785: <A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A>
 1786: <HR SIZE="6">
 1787: <A NAME="SEC18"></A>
 1788: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1789: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1790: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1791: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1792: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1793: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1794: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1795: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1796: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1797: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1798: </TR></TABLE>
 1799: <H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3>
 1800: <!--docid::SEC18::-->
 1801: <DL COMPACT>
 1802: 
 1803: <A NAME="IDX140"></A>
 1804: <DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE>
 1805: <DD><A NAME="IDX141"></A>
 1806: Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
 1807: argument.  <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument.
 1808: <P>
 1809: 
 1810: <A NAME="IDX142"></A>
 1811: <DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE>
 1812: <DD><A NAME="IDX143"></A>
 1813: This is another way to specify an argument.
 1814: If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
 1815: leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
 1816: If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>
 1817: again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
 1818: As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
 1819: character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
 1820: for the next command is multiplied by four.
 1821: The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
 1822: first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
 1823: argument count sixteen, and so on.
 1824: By default, this is not bound to a key.
 1825: </DL>
 1826: <P>
 1827: 
 1828: <A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A>
 1829: <HR SIZE="6">
 1830: <A NAME="SEC19"></A>
 1831: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1832: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1833: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1834: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1835: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1836: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1837: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1838: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1839: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1840: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1841: </TR></TABLE>
 1842: <H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3>
 1843: <!--docid::SEC19::-->
 1844: <P>
 1845: 
 1846: <DL COMPACT>
 1847: <A NAME="IDX144"></A>
 1848: <DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
 1849: <DD><A NAME="IDX145"></A>
 1850: Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
 1851: The actual completion performed is application-specific.
 1852: The default is filename completion.
 1853: <P>
 1854: 
 1855: <A NAME="IDX146"></A>
 1856: <DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE>
 1857: <DD><A NAME="IDX147"></A>
 1858: List the possible completions of the text before point.
 1859: When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
 1860: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
 1861: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
 1862: <P>
 1863: 
 1864: <A NAME="IDX148"></A>
 1865: <DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE>
 1866: <DD><A NAME="IDX149"></A>
 1867: Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
 1868: been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
 1869: <P>
 1870: 
 1871: <A NAME="IDX150"></A>
 1872: <DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE>
 1873: <DD><A NAME="IDX151"></A>
 1874: Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed
 1875: with a single match from the list of possible completions.
 1876: Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list
 1877: of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
 1878: At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
 1879: (subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>)
 1880: and the original text is restored.
 1881: An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list
 1882: of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
 1883: through the list.
 1884: This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound
 1885: by default.
 1886: <P>
 1887: 
 1888: <A NAME="IDX152"></A>
 1889: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE>
 1890: <DD><A NAME="IDX153"></A>
 1891: Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list
 1892: of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a
 1893: negative argument.
 1894: <P>
 1895: 
 1896: <A NAME="IDX154"></A>
 1897: <DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE>
 1898: <DD><A NAME="IDX155"></A>
 1899: Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
 1900: end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>).
 1901: If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
 1902: <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
 1903: This command is unbound by default.
 1904: <P>
 1905: 
 1906: </DL>
 1907: <P>
 1908: 
 1909: <A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A>
 1910: <HR SIZE="6">
 1911: <A NAME="SEC20"></A>
 1912: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1913: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1914: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1915: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1916: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1917: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1918: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1919: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1920: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1921: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1922: </TR></TABLE>
 1923: <H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3>
 1924: <!--docid::SEC20::-->
 1925: <DL COMPACT>
 1926: 
 1927: <A NAME="IDX156"></A>
 1928: <DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE>
 1929: <DD><A NAME="IDX157"></A>
 1930: Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
 1931: <P>
 1932: 
 1933: <A NAME="IDX158"></A>
 1934: <DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE>
 1935: <DD><A NAME="IDX159"></A>
 1936: Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
 1937: and save the definition.
 1938: <P>
 1939: 
 1940: <A NAME="IDX160"></A>
 1941: <DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE>
 1942: <DD><A NAME="IDX161"></A>
 1943: Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
 1944: in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
 1945: <P>
 1946: 
 1947: <A NAME="IDX162"></A>
 1948: <DT><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE>
 1949: <DD><A NAME="IDX163"></A>
 1950: Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
 1951: <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.
 1952: <P>
 1953: 
 1954: </DL>
 1955: <P>
 1956: 
 1957: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A>
 1958: <HR SIZE="6">
 1959: <A NAME="SEC21"></A>
 1960: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1961: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1962: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1963: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1964: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1965: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1966: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1967: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1968: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1969: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1970: </TR></TABLE>
 1971: <H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3>
 1972: <!--docid::SEC21::-->
 1973: <DL COMPACT>
 1974: 
 1975: <A NAME="IDX164"></A>
 1976: <DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE>
 1977: <DD><A NAME="IDX165"></A>
 1978: Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate
 1979: any bindings or variable assignments found there.
 1980: <P>
 1981: 
 1982: <A NAME="IDX166"></A>
 1983: <DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE>
 1984: <DD><A NAME="IDX167"></A>
 1985: Abort the current editing command and
 1986: ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
 1987: <CODE>bell-style</CODE>).
 1988: <P>
 1989: 
 1990: <A NAME="IDX168"></A>
 1991: <DT><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
 1992: <DD><A NAME="IDX169"></A>
 1993: If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is lowercase, run the command
 1994: that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
 1995: <P>
 1996: 
 1997: <A NAME="IDX170"></A>
 1998: <DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE>
 1999: <DD><A NAME="IDX171"></A>
 2000: Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards
 2001: without a meta key.  Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing
 2002: <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
 2003: <P>
 2004: 
 2005: <A NAME="IDX172"></A>
 2006: <DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE>
 2007: <DD><A NAME="IDX173"></A>
 2008: Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
 2009: <P>
 2010: 
 2011: <A NAME="IDX174"></A>
 2012: <DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE>
 2013: <DD><A NAME="IDX175"></A>
 2014: Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE>
 2015: command enough times to get back to the beginning.
 2016: <P>
 2017: 
 2018: <A NAME="IDX176"></A>
 2019: <DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE>
 2020: <DD><A NAME="IDX177"></A>
 2021: Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
 2022: <P>
 2023: 
 2024: <A NAME="IDX178"></A>
 2025: <DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE>
 2026: <DD><A NAME="IDX179"></A>
 2027: Set the mark to the point.  If a
 2028: numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
 2029: <P>
 2030: 
 2031: <A NAME="IDX180"></A>
 2032: <DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE>
 2033: <DD><A NAME="IDX181"></A>
 2034: Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set to
 2035: the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
 2036: <P>
 2037: 
 2038: <A NAME="IDX182"></A>
 2039: <DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE>
 2040: <DD><A NAME="IDX183"></A>
 2041: A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
 2042: character.  A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
 2043: <P>
 2044: 
 2045: <A NAME="IDX184"></A>
 2046: <DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE>
 2047: <DD><A NAME="IDX185"></A>
 2048: A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
 2049: of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
 2050: occurrences.
 2051: <P>
 2052: 
 2053: <A NAME="IDX186"></A>
 2054: <DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE>
 2055: <DD><A NAME="IDX187"></A>
 2056: Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
 2057: defined for keys like Home and End.  Such sequences begin with a
 2058: Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[.  If this sequence is
 2059: bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
 2060: unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
 2061: stray characters into the editing buffer.  This is unbound by default,
 2062: but usually bound to ESC-[.
 2063: <P>
 2064: 
 2065: <A NAME="IDX188"></A>
 2066: <DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE>
 2067: <DD><A NAME="IDX189"></A>
 2068: Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
 2069: variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
 2070: If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
 2071: the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
 2072: of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise
 2073: the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of
 2074: the line.
 2075: In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
 2076: <P>
 2077: 
 2078: <A NAME="IDX190"></A>
 2079: <DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE>
 2080: <DD><A NAME="IDX191"></A>
 2081: Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
 2082: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2083: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2084: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2085: <P>
 2086: 
 2087: <A NAME="IDX192"></A>
 2088: <DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE>
 2089: <DD><A NAME="IDX193"></A>
 2090: Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
 2091: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2092: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2093: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2094: <P>
 2095: 
 2096: <A NAME="IDX194"></A>
 2097: <DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE>
 2098: <DD><A NAME="IDX195"></A>
 2099: Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
 2100: strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2101: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2102: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2103: <P>
 2104: 
 2105: <A NAME="IDX196"></A>
 2106: <DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE>
 2107: <DD><A NAME="IDX197"></A>
 2108: When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE>
 2109: editing mode.
 2110: <P>
 2111: 
 2112: <A NAME="IDX198"></A>
 2113: <DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE>
 2114: <DD><A NAME="IDX199"></A>
 2115: When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2116: editing mode.
 2117: <P>
 2118: 
 2119: </DL>
 2120: <P>
 2121: 
 2122: <A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A>
 2123: <HR SIZE="6">
 2124: <A NAME="SEC22"></A>
 2125: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2126: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2127: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2128: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2129: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2130: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2131: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2132: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2133: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2134: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2135: </TR></TABLE>
 2136: <H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2>
 2137: <!--docid::SEC22::-->
 2138: <P>
 2139: 
 2140: While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2141: editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
 2142: of the line.  The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in
 2143: the POSIX standard.
 2144: </P><P>
 2145: 
 2146: In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2147: editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode
 2148: when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode).
 2149: The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
 2150: </P><P>
 2151: 
 2152: When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in
 2153: `insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>.  Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
 2154: switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
 2155: line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous
 2156: history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and
 2157: so forth.
 2158: </P><P>
 2159: 
 2160: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
 2161: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
 2162: to provide a command line interface.
 2163: </P><P>
 2164: 
 2165: Copyright (C) 1988--2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 2166: </P><P>
 2167: 
 2168: Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 2169: this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
 2170: pare preserved on all copies.
 2171: </P><P>
 2172: 
 2173: Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
 2174: manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
 2175: resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
 2176: notice identical to this one.
 2177: </P><P>
 2178: 
 2179: Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 2180: into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
 2181: except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
 2182: by the Foundation.
 2183: </P><P>
 2184: 
 2185: <A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A>
 2186: <HR SIZE="6">
 2187: <A NAME="SEC23"></A>
 2188: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2189: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2195: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2196: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2197: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2198: </TR></TABLE>
 2199: <H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1>
 2200: <!--docid::SEC23::-->
 2201: <P>
 2202: 
 2203: This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and
 2204: other programs.  If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
 2205: features found in GNU Readline
 2206: such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
 2207: in your own programs, this section is for you.
 2208: </P><P>
 2209: 
 2210: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 2211: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR>
 2212: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR>
 2213: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom
 2214: 					functions.</TD></TR>
 2215: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to
 2216: 					aid in writing your own custom
 2217: 					functions.</TD></TR>
 2218: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR>
 2219: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
 2220: 			completion functions.</TD></TR>
 2221: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 2222: <P>
 2223: 
 2224: <A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A>
 2225: <HR SIZE="6">
 2226: <A NAME="SEC24"></A>
 2227: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2228: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2229: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2230: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2231: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2232: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2233: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2234: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2235: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2236: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2237: </TR></TABLE>
 2238: <H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2>
 2239: <!--docid::SEC24::-->
 2240: <P>
 2241: 
 2242: Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>,
 2243: <CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>.  For such programs, the default behaviour of
 2244: Readline is sufficient.  This section describes how to use Readline in
 2245: the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
 2246: <CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>.
 2247: </P><P>
 2248: 
 2249: <A NAME="IDX200"></A>
 2250: <A NAME="IDX201"></A>
 2251: </P><P>
 2252: 
 2253: The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR>
 2254: and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
 2255: If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
 2256: The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>;
 2257: the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it.
 2258: The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is
 2259: </P><P>
 2260: 
 2261: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE>
 2262: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2263: 
 2264: So, one might say
 2265: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE>
 2266: </pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user.
 2267: The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
 2268: text remains.
 2269: </P><P>
 2270: 
 2271: If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the
 2272: line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned.
 2273: Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
 2274: </P><P>
 2275: 
 2276: If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
 2277: <KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the
 2278: line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines.
 2279: </P><P>
 2280: 
 2281: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>;
 2282: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2283: 
 2284: For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
 2285: </P><P>
 2286: 
 2287: It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
 2288: users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line.  Here is
 2289: a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library
 2290: function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
 2291: </P><P>
 2292: 
 2293: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */
 2294: static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
 2295: 
 2296: /* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
 2297:    Returns NULL on EOF. */
 2298: char *
 2299: rl_gets ()
 2300: {
 2301:   /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
 2302:      return the memory to the free pool. */
 2303:   if (line_read)
 2304:     {
 2305:       free (line_read);
 2306:       line_read = (char *)NULL;
 2307:     }
 2308: 
 2309:   /* Get a line from the user. */
 2310:   line_read = readline ("");
 2311: 
 2312:   /* If the line has any text in it,
 2313:      save it on the history. */
 2314:   if (line_read &#38;&#38; *line_read)
 2315:     add_history (line_read);
 2316: 
 2317:   return (line_read);
 2318: }
 2319: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2320: 
 2321: This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD>
 2322: completion: completion on file names.  If you do not want Readline to
 2323: complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key
 2324: with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
 2325: </P><P>
 2326: 
 2327: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE>
 2328: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2329: 
 2330: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that
 2331: you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to
 2332: call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed.  Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE>
 2333: makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself.
 2334: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid
 2335: ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
 2336: </P><P>
 2337: 
 2338: Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices:
 2339: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE>
 2340: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2341: 
 2342: This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
 2343: might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which
 2344: performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
 2345: custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>).
 2346: </P><P>
 2347: 
 2348: <A NAME="Custom Functions"></A>
 2349: <HR SIZE="6">
 2350: <A NAME="SEC25"></A>
 2351: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2352: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2353: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2354: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2355: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2356: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2357: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2358: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2359: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2360: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2361: </TR></TABLE>
 2362: <H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2>
 2363: <!--docid::SEC25::-->
 2364: <P>
 2365: 
 2366: Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
 2367: the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
 2368: programs.  This section describes the various functions and variables
 2369: defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
 2370: customized functionality to Readline.
 2371: </P><P>
 2372: 
 2373: Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
 2374: using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
 2375: application writer should include the file <CODE>&#60;readline/readline.h&#62;</CODE>
 2376: in any file that uses Readline's features.  Since some of the definitions
 2377: in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file
 2378: <CODE>&#60;stdio.h&#62;</CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>.
 2379: </P><P>
 2380: 
 2381: <CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should
 2382: be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may
 2383: be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
 2384: the installed Readline version.  The value is a hexadecimal
 2385: encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
 2386: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>.  <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major
 2387: version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number. 
 2388: For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
 2389: <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>. 
 2390: </P><P>
 2391: 
 2392: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 2393: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR>
 2394: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR>
 2395: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 2396: <P>
 2397: 
 2398: <A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A>
 2399: <HR SIZE="6">
 2400: <A NAME="SEC26"></A>
 2401: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2402: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2403: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2404: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2405: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2406: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2407: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2408: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2409: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2410: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2411: </TR></TABLE>
 2412: <H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3>
 2413: <!--docid::SEC26::-->
 2414: <P>
 2415: 
 2416: For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
 2417: to functions.
 2418: </P><P>
 2419: 
 2420: The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
 2421: code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
 2422: arguments and return values.
 2423: </P><P>
 2424: 
 2425: For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer
 2426: to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an
 2427: <CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
 2428: Instead of the classic C declaration
 2429: </P><P>
 2430: 
 2431: <CODE>int (*func)();</CODE>
 2432: </P><P>
 2433: 
 2434: or the ANSI-C style declaration
 2435: </P><P>
 2436: 
 2437: <CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE>
 2438: </P><P>
 2439: 
 2440: we may write
 2441: </P><P>
 2442: 
 2443: <CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE>
 2444: </P><P>
 2445: 
 2446: The full list of function pointer types available is
 2447: </P><P>
 2448: 
 2449: <DL COMPACT>
 2450: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE>
 2451: <DD><P>
 2452: 
 2453: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE>
 2454: <DD><P>
 2455: 
 2456: <DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE>
 2457: <DD><P>
 2458: 
 2459: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE>
 2460: <DD><P>
 2461: 
 2462: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
 2463: <DD><P>
 2464: 
 2465: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE>
 2466: <DD><P>
 2467: 
 2468: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE>
 2469: <DD><P>
 2470: 
 2471: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE>
 2472: <DD><P>
 2473: 
 2474: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE>
 2475: <DD><P>
 2476: 
 2477: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
 2478: <DD><P>
 2479: 
 2480: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE>
 2481: <DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE>
 2482: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
 2483: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
 2484: <DD><P>
 2485: 
 2486: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE>
 2487: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE>
 2488: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
 2489: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
 2490: <DD><P>
 2491: 
 2492: </DL>
 2493: <P>
 2494: 
 2495: <A NAME="Function Writing"></A>
 2496: <HR SIZE="6">
 2497: <A NAME="SEC27"></A>
 2498: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2499: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2500: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2501: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2502: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2503: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2504: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2505: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2506: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2507: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2508: </TR></TABLE>
 2509: <H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3>
 2510: <!--docid::SEC27::-->
 2511: <P>
 2512: 
 2513: In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
 2514: calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
 2515: variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
 2516: </P><P>
 2517: 
 2518: The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like
 2519: </P><P>
 2520: 
 2521: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE>
 2522: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2523: 
 2524: where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
 2525: <VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function.
 2526: </P><P>
 2527: 
 2528: It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
 2529: numeric argument.  Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
 2530: as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
 2531: line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example).  Some choose to
 2532: ignore it.  In general, if a
 2533: function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
 2534: to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
 2535: At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
 2536: negative argument.
 2537: </P><P>
 2538: 
 2539: A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
 2540: and a non-zero value if some error occurs.
 2541: This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
 2542: command functions.
 2543: </P><P>
 2544: 
 2545: <A NAME="Readline Variables"></A>
 2546: <HR SIZE="6">
 2547: <A NAME="SEC28"></A>
 2548: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2549: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2550: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2551: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2552: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2553: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2554: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2555: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2556: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2557: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2558: </TR></TABLE>
 2559: <H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2>
 2560: <!--docid::SEC28::-->
 2561: <P>
 2562: 
 2563: These variables are available to function writers.
 2564: </P><P>
 2565: 
 2566: <A NAME="IDX202"></A>
 2567: <DL>
 2568: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B>
 2569: <DD>This is the line gathered so far.  You are welcome to modify the
 2570: contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>.  The
 2571: function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase
 2572: the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
 2573: </DL>
 2574: </P><P>
 2575: 
 2576: <A NAME="IDX203"></A>
 2577: <DL>
 2578: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B>
 2579: <DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>
 2580: (the <EM>point</EM>).
 2581: </DL>
 2582: </P><P>
 2583: 
 2584: <A NAME="IDX204"></A>
 2585: <DL>
 2586: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B>
 2587: <DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.  When
 2588: <CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and
 2589: <CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal.
 2590: </DL>
 2591: </P><P>
 2592: 
 2593: <A NAME="IDX205"></A>
 2594: <DL>
 2595: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B>
 2596: <DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line.  If set, the mark
 2597: and point define a <EM>region</EM>.
 2598: </DL>
 2599: </P><P>
 2600: 
 2601: <A NAME="IDX206"></A>
 2602: <DL>
 2603: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B>
 2604: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
 2605: line immediately.
 2606: </DL>
 2607: </P><P>
 2608: 
 2609: <A NAME="IDX207"></A>
 2610: <DL>
 2611: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B>
 2612: <DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes
 2613: Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
 2614: than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>.
 2615: </DL>
 2616: </P><P>
 2617: 
 2618: <A NAME="IDX208"></A>
 2619: <DL>
 2620: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B>
 2621: <DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read.  This is a
 2622: way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
 2623: </DL>
 2624: </P><P>
 2625: 
 2626: <A NAME="IDX209"></A>
 2627: <DL>
 2628: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B>
 2629: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
 2630: zero otherwise.  Application functions can test this to discover whether
 2631: they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
 2632: </DL>
 2633: </P><P>
 2634: 
 2635: <A NAME="IDX210"></A>
 2636: <DL>
 2637: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B>
 2638: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
 2639: the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
 2640: the only character on an otherwise-empty line.  The cursor is moved to
 2641: the beginning of the newly-blank line.
 2642: </DL>
 2643: </P><P>
 2644: 
 2645: <A NAME="IDX211"></A>
 2646: <DL>
 2647: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B>
 2648: <DD>The prompt Readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
 2649: <CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly.
 2650: The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may
 2651: be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
 2652: </DL>
 2653: </P><P>
 2654: 
 2655: <A NAME="IDX212"></A>
 2656: <DL>
 2657: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B>
 2658: <DD>The string displayed as the prompt.  This is usually identical to
 2659: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
 2660: use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
 2661: </DL>
 2662: </P><P>
 2663: 
 2664: <A NAME="IDX213"></A>
 2665: <DL>
 2666: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B>
 2667: <DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
 2668: Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set
 2669: this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
 2670: The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so
 2671: the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
 2672: The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
 2673: never sets it.
 2674: </DL>
 2675: </P><P>
 2676: 
 2677: <A NAME="IDX214"></A>
 2678: <DL>
 2679: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B>
 2680: <DD>The version number of this revision of the library.
 2681: </DL>
 2682: </P><P>
 2683: 
 2684: <A NAME="IDX215"></A>
 2685: <DL>
 2686: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B>
 2687: <DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library.  The encoding is
 2688: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version
 2689: number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
 2690: For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the
 2691: value 0x0402.
 2692: </DL>
 2693: </P><P>
 2694: 
 2695: <A NAME="IDX216"></A>
 2696: <DL>
 2697: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B>
 2698: <DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some
 2699: emulation.
 2700: </DL>
 2701: </P><P>
 2702: 
 2703: <A NAME="IDX217"></A>
 2704: <DL>
 2705: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B>
 2706: <DD>The terminal type, used for initialization.  If not set by the application,
 2707: Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable
 2708: the first time it is called.
 2709: </DL>
 2710: </P><P>
 2711: 
 2712: <A NAME="IDX218"></A>
 2713: <DL>
 2714: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B>
 2715: <DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
 2716: The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
 2717: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).
 2718: </DL>
 2719: </P><P>
 2720: 
 2721: <A NAME="IDX219"></A>
 2722: <DL>
 2723: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B>
 2724: <DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
 2725: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>.
 2726: </DL>
 2727: </P><P>
 2728: 
 2729: <A NAME="IDX220"></A>
 2730: <DL>
 2731: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B>
 2732: <DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
 2733: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>.
 2734: </DL>
 2735: </P><P>
 2736: 
 2737: <A NAME="IDX221"></A>
 2738: <DL>
 2739: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B>
 2740: <DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and
 2741: <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
 2742: from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
 2743: </DL>
 2744: </P><P>
 2745: 
 2746: <A NAME="IDX222"></A>
 2747: <DL>
 2748: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B>
 2749: <DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed.  May be used to
 2750: test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
 2751: example.
 2752: </DL>
 2753: </P><P>
 2754: 
 2755: <A NAME="IDX223"></A>
 2756: <DL>
 2757: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B>
 2758: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
 2759: before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt.
 2760: </DL>
 2761: </P><P>
 2762: 
 2763: <A NAME="IDX224"></A>
 2764: <DL>
 2765: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B>
 2766: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
 2767: the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE>
 2768: starts reading input characters.
 2769: </DL>
 2770: </P><P>
 2771: 
 2772: <A NAME="IDX225"></A>
 2773: <DL>
 2774: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B>
 2775: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
 2776: when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
 2777: By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
 2778: is no keyboard input.
 2779: </DL>
 2780: </P><P>
 2781: 
 2782: <A NAME="IDX226"></A>
 2783: <DL>
 2784: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B>
 2785: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 2786: to get a character from the input stream.  By default, it is set to
 2787: <CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function
 2788: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>).
 2789: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
 2790: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
 2791: </DL>
 2792: </P><P>
 2793: 
 2794: <A NAME="IDX227"></A>
 2795: <DL>
 2796: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_signal_event_hook</B>
 2797: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system
 2798: call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input.
 2799: </DL>
 2800: </P><P>
 2801: 
 2802: <A NAME="IDX228"></A>
 2803: <DL>
 2804: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_input_available_hook</B>
 2805: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs
 2806: to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input
 2807: source.
 2808: The default hook checks <CODE>rl_instream</CODE>; if an application is using a
 2809: different input source, it should set the hook appropriately.
 2810: Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence
 2811: timeouts during input and incremental searches.
 2812: This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value;
 2813: Readline uses the value passed to <CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()</CODE>
 2814: or the value of the user-settable <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR> variable.
 2815: This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface
 2816: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), which may not use the traditional
 2817: <CODE>read(2)</CODE> and file descriptor interface, or other applications using
 2818: a different input mechanism.
 2819: If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed
 2820: the value of <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR>, it should increase the timeout or set
 2821: this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface.
 2822: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
 2823: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
 2824: </DL>
 2825: </P><P>
 2826: 
 2827: <A NAME="IDX229"></A>
 2828: <DL>
 2829: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B>
 2830: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 2831: to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
 2832: By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline
 2833: redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>).
 2834: </DL>
 2835: </P><P>
 2836: 
 2837: <A NAME="IDX230"></A>
 2838: <DL>
 2839: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B>
 2840: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 2841: to initialize the terminal.  The function takes a single argument, an
 2842: <CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
 2843: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE>
 2844: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
 2845: </DL>
 2846: </P><P>
 2847: 
 2848: <A NAME="IDX231"></A>
 2849: <DL>
 2850: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B>
 2851: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 2852: to reset the terminal.  This function should undo the effects of
 2853: <CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>.
 2854: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE>
 2855: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
 2856: </DL>
 2857: </P><P>
 2858: 
 2859: <A NAME="IDX232"></A>
 2860: <DL>
 2861: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B>
 2862: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
 2863: currently executing readline function was found.
 2864: </DL>
 2865: </P><P>
 2866: 
 2867: <A NAME="IDX233"></A>
 2868: <DL>
 2869: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B>
 2870: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
 2871: last key binding occurred.
 2872: </DL>
 2873: </P><P>
 2874: 
 2875: <A NAME="IDX234"></A>
 2876: <DL>
 2877: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B>
 2878: <DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
 2879: </DL>
 2880: </P><P>
 2881: 
 2882: <A NAME="IDX235"></A>
 2883: <DL>
 2884: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_executing_key</B>
 2885: <DD>The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function.
 2886: </DL>
 2887: </P><P>
 2888: 
 2889: <A NAME="IDX236"></A>
 2890: <DL>
 2891: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_keyseq</B>
 2892: <DD>The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing
 2893: Readline function.
 2894: </DL>
 2895: </P><P>
 2896: 
 2897: <A NAME="IDX237"></A>
 2898: <DL>
 2899: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_key_sequence_length</B>
 2900: <DD>The number of characters in <VAR>rl_executing_keyseq</VAR>.
 2901: </DL>
 2902: </P><P>
 2903: 
 2904: <A NAME="IDX238"></A>
 2905: <DL>
 2906: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B>
 2907: <DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
 2908: A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the
 2909: <CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro.  Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test
 2910: whether a particular state bit is set.  Current state bits include:
 2911: </P><P>
 2912: 
 2913: <DL COMPACT>
 2914: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE>
 2915: <DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize.
 2916: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE>
 2917: <DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
 2918: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE>
 2919: <DD>Readline has completed its initialization.
 2920: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE>
 2921: <DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
 2922: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE>
 2923: <DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
 2924: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE>
 2925: <DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
 2926: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE>
 2927: <DD>Readline is dispatching to a command.
 2928: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE>
 2929: <DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
 2930: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE>
 2931: <DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search.
 2932: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE>
 2933: <DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
 2934: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE>
 2935: <DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
 2936: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE>
 2937: <DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument.
 2938: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE>
 2939: <DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
 2940: macro.
 2941: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE>
 2942: <DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
 2943: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE>
 2944: <DD>Readline is in overwrite mode.
 2945: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE>
 2946: <DD>Readline is performing word completion.
 2947: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE>
 2948: <DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
 2949: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE>
 2950: <DD>Readline is performing an undo.
 2951: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE>
 2952: <DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.
 2953: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE>
 2954: <DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
 2955: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE>
 2956: <DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
 2957: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>).
 2958: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE>
 2959: <DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
 2960: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE>
 2961: <DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
 2962: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE>
 2963: <DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
 2964: the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
 2965: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE>
 2966: <DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>
 2967: and is about to return the line to the caller.
 2968: </DL>
 2969: <P>
 2970: 
 2971: </DL>
 2972: </P><P>
 2973: 
 2974: <A NAME="IDX239"></A>
 2975: <DL>
 2976: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B>
 2977: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
 2978: the user.  Only valid in a bindable command function.
 2979: </DL>
 2980: </P><P>
 2981: 
 2982: <A NAME="IDX240"></A>
 2983: <DL>
 2984: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B>
 2985: <DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
 2986: before executing the current Readline function.  Only valid in a bindable
 2987: command function.
 2988: </DL>
 2989: </P><P>
 2990: 
 2991: <A NAME="IDX241"></A>
 2992: <DL>
 2993: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B>
 2994: <DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode.  A value of
 2995: <VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR>
 2996: means that vi mode is active.
 2997: </DL>
 2998: </P><P>
 2999: 
 3000: <A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A>
 3001: <HR SIZE="6">
 3002: <A NAME="SEC29"></A>
 3003: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3004: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3005: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3006: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3007: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3008: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3009: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3010: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3011: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3012: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3013: </TR></TABLE>
 3014: <H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2>
 3015: <!--docid::SEC29::-->
 3016: <P>
 3017: 
 3018: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 3019: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR>
 3020: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR>
 3021: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR>
 3022: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to
 3023: 						key sequences.</TD></TR>
 3024: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR>
 3025: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR>
 3026: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR>
 3027: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR>
 3028: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR>
 3029: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR>
 3030: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR>
 3031: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR>
 3032: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR>
 3033: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example program using the alternate interface.</TD></TR>
 3034: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 3035: <P>
 3036: 
 3037: <A NAME="Function Naming"></A>
 3038: <HR SIZE="6">
 3039: <A NAME="SEC30"></A>
 3040: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3041: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3042: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3043: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3044: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3045: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3046: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3047: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3048: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3049: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3050: </TR></TABLE>
 3051: <H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3>
 3052: <!--docid::SEC30::-->
 3053: <P>
 3054: 
 3055: The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
 3056: Readline.  This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
 3057: name.  The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
 3058: the function.  Thus, in an init file, one might find
 3059: </P><P>
 3060: 
 3061: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout:	backward-kill-word
 3062: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 3063: 
 3064: This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function
 3065: <EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>.  You, as the
 3066: programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
 3067: well.  Readline provides a function for doing that:
 3068: </P><P>
 3069: 
 3070: <A NAME="IDX242"></A>
 3071: <DL>
 3072: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I>
 3073: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions.  Make <VAR>function</VAR> be
 3074: the function that gets called.  If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to
 3075: <VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
 3076: </DL>
 3077: </P><P>
 3078: 
 3079: Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
 3080: It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
 3081: functions that Readline has built in.
 3082: If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
 3083: you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
 3084: </P><P>
 3085: 
 3086: <A NAME="Keymaps"></A>
 3087: <HR SIZE="6">
 3088: <A NAME="SEC31"></A>
 3089: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3090: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3091: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3092: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3093: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3094: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3095: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3096: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3097: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3098: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3099: </TR></TABLE>
 3100: <H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3>
 3101: <!--docid::SEC31::-->
 3102: <P>
 3103: 
 3104: Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>.  The keymap is the
 3105: association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
 3106: get run.  You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
 3107: Readline which keymap to use.
 3108: </P><P>
 3109: 
 3110: <A NAME="IDX243"></A>
 3111: <DL>
 3112: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3113: <DD>Returns a new, empty keymap.  The space for the keymap is allocated with
 3114: <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling
 3115: <CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done.
 3116: </DL>
 3117: </P><P>
 3118: 
 3119: <A NAME="IDX244"></A>
 3120: <DL>
 3121: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I>
 3122: <DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3123: </DL>
 3124: </P><P>
 3125: 
 3126: <A NAME="IDX245"></A>
 3127: <DL>
 3128: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3129: <DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
 3130: the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
 3131: the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
 3132: </DL>
 3133: </P><P>
 3134: 
 3135: <A NAME="IDX246"></A>
 3136: <DL>
 3137: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3138: <DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
 3139: The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
 3140: </DL>
 3141: </P><P>
 3142: 
 3143: <A NAME="IDX247"></A>
 3144: <DL>
 3145: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3146: <DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  This calls
 3147: <CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
 3148: </DL>
 3149: </P><P>
 3150: 
 3151: Readline has several internal keymaps.  These functions allow you to
 3152: change which keymap is active.
 3153: </P><P>
 3154: 
 3155: <A NAME="IDX248"></A>
 3156: <DL>
 3157: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3158: <DD>Returns the currently active keymap.
 3159: </DL>
 3160: </P><P>
 3161: 
 3162: <A NAME="IDX249"></A>
 3163: <DL>
 3164: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3165: <DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap.
 3166: </DL>
 3167: </P><P>
 3168: 
 3169: <A NAME="IDX250"></A>
 3170: <DL>
 3171: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
 3172: <DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
 3173: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3174: </DL>
 3175: </P><P>
 3176: 
 3177: <A NAME="IDX251"></A>
 3178: <DL>
 3179: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3180: <DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
 3181: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3182: </DL>
 3183: </P><P>
 3184: 
 3185: <A NAME="Binding Keys"></A>
 3186: <HR SIZE="6">
 3187: <A NAME="SEC32"></A>
 3188: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3189: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3195: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3196: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3197: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3198: </TR></TABLE>
 3199: <H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3>
 3200: <!--docid::SEC32::-->
 3201: <P>
 3202: 
 3203: Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
 3204: Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>,
 3205: <CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>,
 3206: <CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>.
 3207: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in
 3208: this manual assume that.
 3209: </P><P>
 3210: 
 3211: Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first
 3212: time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
 3213: installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden.
 3214: An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
 3215: initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable
 3216: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>).
 3217: </P><P>
 3218: 
 3219: These functions manage key bindings.
 3220: </P><P>
 3221: 
 3222: <A NAME="IDX252"></A>
 3223: <DL>
 3224: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3225: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap.
 3226: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
 3227: </DL>
 3228: </P><P>
 3229: 
 3230: <A NAME="IDX253"></A>
 3231: <DL>
 3232: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3233: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3234: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
 3235: </DL>
 3236: </P><P>
 3237: 
 3238: <A NAME="IDX254"></A>
 3239: <DL>
 3240: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3241: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
 3242: currently active keymap.
 3243: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
 3244: already bound.
 3245: </DL>
 3246: </P><P>
 3247: 
 3248: <A NAME="IDX255"></A>
 3249: <DL>
 3250: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3251: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3252: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
 3253: already bound.
 3254: </DL>
 3255: </P><P>
 3256: 
 3257: <A NAME="IDX256"></A>
 3258: <DL>
 3259: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I>
 3260: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap.
 3261: Returns non-zero in case of error.
 3262: </DL>
 3263: </P><P>
 3264: 
 3265: <A NAME="IDX257"></A>
 3266: <DL>
 3267: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I>
 3268: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3269: Returns non-zero in case of error.
 3270: </DL>
 3271: </P><P>
 3272: 
 3273: <A NAME="IDX258"></A>
 3274: <DL>
 3275: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3276: <DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3277: </DL>
 3278: </P><P>
 3279: 
 3280: <A NAME="IDX259"></A>
 3281: <DL>
 3282: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I>
 3283: <DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3284: </DL>
 3285: </P><P>
 3286: 
 3287: <A NAME="IDX260"></A>
 3288: <DL>
 3289: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3290: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
 3291: <VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap.
 3292: This makes new keymaps as necessary.
 3293: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
 3294: </DL>
 3295: </P><P>
 3296: 
 3297: <A NAME="IDX261"></A>
 3298: <DL>
 3299: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3300: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
 3301: <VAR>function</VAR>.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.
 3302: Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3303: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
 3304: </DL>
 3305: </P><P>
 3306: 
 3307: <A NAME="IDX262"></A>
 3308: <DL>
 3309: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3310: <DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>.
 3311: </DL>
 3312: </P><P>
 3313: 
 3314: <A NAME="IDX263"></A>
 3315: <DL>
 3316: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3317: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
 3318: currently active keymap.
 3319: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
 3320: already bound.
 3321: </DL>
 3322: </P><P>
 3323: 
 3324: <A NAME="IDX264"></A>
 3325: <DL>
 3326: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3327: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3328: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
 3329: already bound.
 3330: </DL>
 3331: </P><P>
 3332: 
 3333: <A NAME="IDX265"></A>
 3334: <DL>
 3335: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I>
 3336: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary
 3337: pointer <VAR>data</VAR>.  <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by
 3338: <VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro
 3339: (<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>).  This makes new keymaps as
 3340: necessary.  The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3341: </DL>
 3342: </P><P>
 3343: 
 3344: <A NAME="IDX266"></A>
 3345: <DL>
 3346: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I>
 3347: <DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and
 3348: perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
 3349: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3350: </DL>
 3351: </P><P>
 3352: 
 3353: <A NAME="IDX267"></A>
 3354: <DL>
 3355: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I>
 3356: <DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR>
 3357: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3358: </DL>
 3359: </P><P>
 3360: 
 3361: <A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A>
 3362: <HR SIZE="6">
 3363: <A NAME="SEC33"></A>
 3364: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3365: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3366: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3367: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3368: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3369: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3370: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3371: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3372: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3373: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3374: </TR></TABLE>
 3375: <H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3>
 3376: <!--docid::SEC33::-->
 3377: <P>
 3378: 
 3379: These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
 3380: and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence.  You may also
 3381: associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
 3382: </P><P>
 3383: 
 3384: <A NAME="IDX268"></A>
 3385: <DL>
 3386: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
 3387: <DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>.
 3388: </DL>
 3389: </P><P>
 3390: 
 3391: <A NAME="IDX269"></A>
 3392: <DL>
 3393: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
 3394: <DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3395: If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used.  If <VAR>type</VAR> is
 3396: not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable
 3397: it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>).
 3398: </DL>
 3399: </P><P>
 3400: 
 3401: <A NAME="IDX270"></A>
 3402: <DL>
 3403: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3404: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
 3405: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap.
 3406: </DL>
 3407: </P><P>
 3408: 
 3409: <A NAME="IDX271"></A>
 3410: <DL>
 3411: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3412: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
 3413: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3414: </DL>
 3415: </P><P>
 3416: 
 3417: <A NAME="IDX272"></A>
 3418: <DL>
 3419: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 3420: <DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
 3421: bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.  If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero,
 3422: the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
 3423: <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 3424: </DL>
 3425: </P><P>
 3426: 
 3427: <A NAME="IDX273"></A>
 3428: <DL>
 3429: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3430: <DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 3431: </DL>
 3432: </P><P>
 3433: 
 3434: <A NAME="IDX274"></A>
 3435: <DL>
 3436: <DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3437: <DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names.  The array is
 3438: sorted.  The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.  You
 3439: should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or
 3440: <CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done.
 3441: </DL>
 3442: </P><P>
 3443: 
 3444: <A NAME="IDX275"></A>
 3445: <DL>
 3446: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3447: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
 3448: <VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked.
 3449: </DL>
 3450: </P><P>
 3451: 
 3452: <A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A>
 3453: <HR SIZE="6">
 3454: <A NAME="SEC34"></A>
 3455: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3456: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3457: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3458: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3459: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3460: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3461: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3462: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3463: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3464: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3465: </TR></TABLE>
 3466: <H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3>
 3467: <!--docid::SEC34::-->
 3468: <P>
 3469: 
 3470: Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
 3471: functions much more useful.  It is certainly easy to try
 3472: something if you know you can undo it.
 3473: </P><P>
 3474: 
 3475: If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
 3476: uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then
 3477: undoing is already done for you automatically.
 3478: </P><P>
 3479: 
 3480: If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
 3481: of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
 3482: This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
 3483: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3484: </P><P>
 3485: 
 3486: The types of events that can be undone are:
 3487: </P><P>
 3488: 
 3489: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END }; 
 3490: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 3491: 
 3492: Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and
 3493: <CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text.  That is, the undo code
 3494: tells what to undo, not how to undo it.  <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and
 3495: <CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
 3496: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3497: </P><P>
 3498: 
 3499: <A NAME="IDX276"></A>
 3500: <DL>
 3501: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3502: <DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct.  The undo
 3503: information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and
 3504: <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to
 3505: <CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>.
 3506: </DL>
 3507: </P><P>
 3508: 
 3509: <A NAME="IDX277"></A>
 3510: <DL>
 3511: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3512: <DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group
 3513: ()</CODE>.  There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>
 3514: for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3515: </DL>
 3516: </P><P>
 3517: 
 3518: <A NAME="IDX278"></A>
 3519: <DL>
 3520: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I>
 3521: <DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>).  The affected
 3522: text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>.
 3523: </DL>
 3524: </P><P>
 3525: 
 3526: <A NAME="IDX279"></A>
 3527: <DL>
 3528: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3529: <DD>Free the existing undo list.
 3530: </DL>
 3531: </P><P>
 3532: 
 3533: <A NAME="IDX280"></A>
 3534: <DL>
 3535: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3536: <DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list.  Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was
 3537: nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
 3538: </DL>
 3539: </P><P>
 3540: 
 3541: Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
 3542: existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE>
 3543: once, just before you modify the text.  You must supply the indices of
 3544: the text range that you are going to modify.
 3545: </P><P>
 3546: 
 3547: <A NAME="IDX281"></A>
 3548: <DL>
 3549: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3550: <DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a
 3551: single undo unit.  It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
 3552: that text.
 3553: </DL>
 3554: </P><P>
 3555: 
 3556: <A NAME="Redisplay"></A>
 3557: <HR SIZE="6">
 3558: <A NAME="SEC35"></A>
 3559: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3560: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3561: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3562: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3563: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3564: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3565: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3566: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3567: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3568: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3569: </TR></TABLE>
 3570: <H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3>
 3571: <!--docid::SEC35::-->
 3572: <P>
 3573: 
 3574: <A NAME="IDX282"></A>
 3575: <DL>
 3576: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3577: <DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
 3578: of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
 3579: </DL>
 3580: </P><P>
 3581: 
 3582: <A NAME="IDX283"></A>
 3583: <DL>
 3584: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3585: <DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
 3586: Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
 3587: </DL>
 3588: </P><P>
 3589: 
 3590: <A NAME="IDX284"></A>
 3591: <DL>
 3592: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3593: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
 3594: usually after outputting a newline.
 3595: </DL>
 3596: </P><P>
 3597: 
 3598: <A NAME="IDX285"></A>
 3599: <DL>
 3600: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3601: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
 3602: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed.
 3603: This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
 3604: themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
 3605: redisplay.
 3606: It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>.
 3607: </DL>
 3608: </P><P>
 3609: 
 3610: <A NAME="IDX286"></A>
 3611: <DL>
 3612: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3613: <DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
 3614: starting on a new line.
 3615: </DL>
 3616: </P><P>
 3617: 
 3618: <A NAME="IDX287"></A>
 3619: <DL>
 3620: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3621: <DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
 3622: </DL>
 3623: </P><P>
 3624: 
 3625: <A NAME="IDX288"></A>
 3626: <DL>
 3627: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 3628: <DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 3629: If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
 3630: will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
 3631: This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
 3632: redisplay.
 3633: </DL>
 3634: </P><P>
 3635: 
 3636: <A NAME="IDX289"></A>
 3637: <DL>
 3638: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I>
 3639: <DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>,
 3640: possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and
 3641: any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
 3642: The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>.  The echo area
 3643: is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
 3644: You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information
 3645: before calling this function.
 3646: </DL>
 3647: </P><P>
 3648: 
 3649: <A NAME="IDX290"></A>
 3650: <DL>
 3651: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3652: <DD>Clear the message in the echo area.  If the prompt was saved with a call to
 3653: <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>,
 3654: call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function.
 3655: </DL>
 3656: </P><P>
 3657: 
 3658: <A NAME="IDX291"></A>
 3659: <DL>
 3660: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3661: <DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
 3662: displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>.
 3663: </DL>
 3664: </P><P>
 3665: 
 3666: <A NAME="IDX292"></A>
 3667: <DL>
 3668: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3669: <DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
 3670: recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>.
 3671: if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call
 3672: to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the
 3673: corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>.
 3674: </DL>
 3675: </P><P>
 3676: 
 3677: <A NAME="IDX293"></A>
 3678: <DL>
 3679: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I>
 3680: <DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the
 3681: local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
 3682: This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  It may also be called to
 3683: expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE>
 3684: function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used.
 3685: It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
 3686: (possibly multi-line) prompt.
 3687: Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
 3688: up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
 3689: such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE>
 3690: and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.  This may
 3691: be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
 3692: </DL>
 3693: </P><P>
 3694: 
 3695: <A NAME="IDX294"></A>
 3696: <DL>
 3697: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I>
 3698: <DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay.  This calls
 3699: <CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE>
 3700: to the result.
 3701: </DL>
 3702: </P><P>
 3703: 
 3704: <A NAME="Modifying Text"></A>
 3705: <HR SIZE="6">
 3706: <A NAME="SEC36"></A>
 3707: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3708: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3709: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3710: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3711: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3712: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3713: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3714: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3715: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3716: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3717: </TR></TABLE>
 3718: <H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3>
 3719: <!--docid::SEC36::-->
 3720: <P>
 3721: 
 3722: <A NAME="IDX295"></A>
 3723: <DL>
 3724: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I>
 3725: <DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position.
 3726: Returns the number of characters inserted.
 3727: </DL>
 3728: </P><P>
 3729: 
 3730: <A NAME="IDX296"></A>
 3731: <DL>
 3732: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3733: <DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line.
 3734: Returns the number of characters deleted.
 3735: </DL>
 3736: </P><P>
 3737: 
 3738: <A NAME="IDX297"></A>
 3739: <DL>
 3740: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3741: <DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in
 3742: the current line.
 3743: </DL>
 3744: </P><P>
 3745: 
 3746: <A NAME="IDX298"></A>
 3747: <DL>
 3748: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3749: <DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line
 3750: to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
 3751: last command was a kill command.  The text is deleted.
 3752: If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>,
 3753: the text is appended, otherwise prepended.  If the last command was
 3754: not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
 3755: </DL>
 3756: </P><P>
 3757: 
 3758: <A NAME="IDX299"></A>
 3759: <DL>
 3760: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I>
 3761: <DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
 3762: by a key bound to a macro.  Not especially useful; use
 3763: <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead.
 3764: </DL>
 3765: </P><P>
 3766: 
 3767: <A NAME="Character Input"></A>
 3768: <HR SIZE="6">
 3769: <A NAME="SEC37"></A>
 3770: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3771: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3772: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3773: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3774: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3775: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3776: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3777: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3778: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3779: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3780: </TR></TABLE>
 3781: <H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3>
 3782: <!--docid::SEC37::-->
 3783: <P>
 3784: 
 3785: <A NAME="IDX300"></A>
 3786: <DL>
 3787: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3788: <DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
 3789: This handles input inserted into
 3790: the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>)
 3791: and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
 3792: While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
 3793: the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable.
 3794: </DL>
 3795: </P><P>
 3796: 
 3797: <A NAME="IDX301"></A>
 3798: <DL>
 3799: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I>
 3800: <DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to
 3801: be the keyboard.
 3802: </DL>
 3803: </P><P>
 3804: 
 3805: <A NAME="IDX302"></A>
 3806: <DL>
 3807: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 3808: <DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream.  It will be "read"
 3809: before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
 3810: <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.  Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
 3811: <CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
 3812: 0 otherwise.
 3813: </DL>
 3814: </P><P>
 3815: 
 3816: <A NAME="IDX303"></A>
 3817: <DL>
 3818: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 3819: <DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>
 3820: is called.  This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>.
 3821: </DL>
 3822: </P><P>
 3823: 
 3824: <A NAME="IDX304"></A>
 3825: <DL>
 3826: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3827: <DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any
 3828: previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.  This works only if the
 3829: pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.
 3830: </DL>
 3831: </P><P>
 3832: 
 3833: <A NAME="IDX305"></A>
 3834: <DL>
 3835: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
 3836: <DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will
 3837: wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function
 3838: assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>.  <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal
 3839: to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
 3840: The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
 3841: Returns the old timeout value.
 3842: </DL>
 3843: </P><P>
 3844: 
 3845: <A NAME="Terminal Management"></A>
 3846: <HR SIZE="6">
 3847: <A NAME="SEC38"></A>
 3848: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3849: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3850: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3851: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3852: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3853: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3854: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3855: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3856: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3857: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3858: </TR></TABLE>
 3859: <H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3>
 3860: <!--docid::SEC38::-->
 3861: <P>
 3862: 
 3863: <A NAME="IDX306"></A>
 3864: <DL>
 3865: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I>
 3866: <DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE>
 3867: can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
 3868: The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should
 3869: read eight-bit input.
 3870: </DL>
 3871: </P><P>
 3872: 
 3873: <A NAME="IDX307"></A>
 3874: <DL>
 3875: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3876: <DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in
 3877: the state in which it was before the most recent call to
 3878: <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>.
 3879: </DL>
 3880: </P><P>
 3881: 
 3882: <A NAME="IDX308"></A>
 3883: <DL>
 3884: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
 3885: <DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
 3886: displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents.
 3887: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
 3888: </DL>
 3889: </P><P>
 3890: 
 3891: <A NAME="IDX309"></A>
 3892: <DL>
 3893: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
 3894: <DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so
 3895: that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>.
 3896: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
 3897: </DL>
 3898: </P><P>
 3899: 
 3900: <A NAME="IDX310"></A>
 3901: <DL>
 3902: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I>
 3903: <DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
 3904: <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>).
 3905: If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE>
 3906: environment variable is used.
 3907: </DL>
 3908: </P><P>
 3909: 
 3910: <A NAME="Utility Functions"></A>
 3911: <HR SIZE="6">
 3912: <A NAME="SEC39"></A>
 3913: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3914: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3915: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3916: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3917: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3918: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3919: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3920: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3921: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3922: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3923: </TR></TABLE>
 3924: <H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3>
 3925: <!--docid::SEC39::-->
 3926: <P>
 3927: 
 3928: <A NAME="IDX311"></A>
 3929: <DL>
 3930: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
 3931: <DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>.
 3932: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
 3933: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
 3934: The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
 3935: </DL>
 3936: </P><P>
 3937: 
 3938: <A NAME="IDX312"></A>
 3939: <DL>
 3940: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
 3941: <DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must
 3942: have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>.
 3943: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
 3944: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
 3945: The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
 3946: </DL>
 3947: </P><P>
 3948: 
 3949: <A NAME="IDX313"></A>
 3950: <DL>
 3951: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I>
 3952: <DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>.  <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been
 3953: allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>.
 3954: </DL>
 3955: </P><P>
 3956: 
 3957: <A NAME="IDX314"></A>
 3958: <DL>
 3959: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I>
 3960: <DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>.
 3961: The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
 3962: If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
 3963: current line is cleared.
 3964: </DL>
 3965: </P><P>
 3966: 
 3967: <A NAME="IDX315"></A>
 3968: <DL>
 3969: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I>
 3970: <DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR>
 3971: characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
 3972: </DL>
 3973: </P><P>
 3974: 
 3975: <A NAME="IDX316"></A>
 3976: <DL>
 3977: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3978: <DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
 3979: It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before
 3980: reading any input.
 3981: </DL>
 3982: </P><P>
 3983: 
 3984: <A NAME="IDX317"></A>
 3985: <DL>
 3986: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3987: <DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>.
 3988: </DL>
 3989: </P><P>
 3990: 
 3991: <A NAME="IDX318"></A>
 3992: <DL>
 3993: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 3994: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character.
 3995: </DL>
 3996: </P><P>
 3997: 
 3998: <A NAME="IDX319"></A>
 3999: <DL>
 4000: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I>
 4001: <DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
 4002: columnar format on Readline's output stream.  <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list
 4003: of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
 4004: <CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE>
 4005: is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>.  This function uses
 4006: the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the
 4007: matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
 4008: When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
 4009: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
 4010: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
 4011: </DL>
 4012: </P><P>
 4013: 
 4014: The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>.
 4015: Applications should refrain from using them.
 4016: </P><P>
 4017: 
 4018: <A NAME="IDX320"></A>
 4019: <DL>
 4020: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4021: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character.
 4022: </DL>
 4023: </P><P>
 4024: 
 4025: <A NAME="IDX321"></A>
 4026: <DL>
 4027: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4028: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character.
 4029: </DL>
 4030: </P><P>
 4031: 
 4032: <A NAME="IDX322"></A>
 4033: <DL>
 4034: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4035: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character.
 4036: </DL>
 4037: </P><P>
 4038: 
 4039: <A NAME="IDX323"></A>
 4040: <DL>
 4041: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4042: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
 4043: uppercase character.
 4044: </DL>
 4045: </P><P>
 4046: 
 4047: <A NAME="IDX324"></A>
 4048: <DL>
 4049: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4050: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
 4051: lowercase character.
 4052: </DL>
 4053: </P><P>
 4054: 
 4055: <A NAME="IDX325"></A>
 4056: <DL>
 4057: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4058: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents.
 4059: </DL>
 4060: </P><P>
 4061: 
 4062: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A>
 4063: <HR SIZE="6">
 4064: <A NAME="SEC40"></A>
 4065: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4066: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4067: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4068: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4069: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4070: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4071: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4072: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4073: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4074: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4075: </TR></TABLE>
 4076: <H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3>
 4077: <!--docid::SEC40::-->
 4078: <P>
 4079: 
 4080: <A NAME="IDX326"></A>
 4081: <DL>
 4082: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I>
 4083: <DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>.
 4084: The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.  When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the
 4085: <VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line.  This function is deprecated;
 4086: use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead.
 4087: </DL>
 4088: </P><P>
 4089: 
 4090: <A NAME="IDX327"></A>
 4091: <DL>
 4092: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 4093: <DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
 4094: the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 4095: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
 4096: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 4097: </DL>
 4098: </P><P>
 4099: 
 4100: <A NAME="IDX328"></A>
 4101: <DL>
 4102: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I>
 4103: <DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>.
 4104: This behaves as if the readline command
 4105: <SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE>
 4106: file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
 4107: </DL>
 4108: </P><P>
 4109: 
 4110: <A NAME="IDX329"></A>
 4111: <DL>
 4112: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I>
 4113: <DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>.
 4114: For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
 4115: </DL>
 4116: </P><P>
 4117: 
 4118: <A NAME="IDX330"></A>
 4119: <DL>
 4120: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 4121: <DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values
 4122: to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 4123: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
 4124: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 4125: </DL>
 4126: </P><P>
 4127: 
 4128: <A NAME="IDX331"></A>
 4129: <DL>
 4130: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
 4131: <DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
 4132: a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled.
 4133: </DL>
 4134: </P><P>
 4135: 
 4136: <A NAME="IDX332"></A>
 4137: <DL>
 4138: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I>
 4139: <DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>.
 4140: Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
 4141: uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
 4142: terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line.  Readline does not
 4143: use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
 4144: values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
 4145: </DL>
 4146: </P><P>
 4147: 
 4148: <A NAME="IDX333"></A>
 4149: <DL>
 4150: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_clear_history</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4151: <DD>Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner
 4152: as the History library's <CODE>clear_history()</CODE> function.
 4153: This differs from <CODE>clear_history</CODE> because it frees private data
 4154: Readline saves in the history list.
 4155: </DL>
 4156: </P><P>
 4157: 
 4158: <A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A>
 4159: <HR SIZE="6">
 4160: <A NAME="SEC41"></A>
 4161: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4162: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4163: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4164: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4165: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4166: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4167: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4168: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4169: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4170: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4171: </TR></TABLE>
 4172: <H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3>
 4173: <!--docid::SEC41::-->
 4174: <P>
 4175: 
 4176: An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  Some
 4177: applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
 4178: window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE>
 4179: on various file descriptors.  To accommodate this need, readline can
 4180: also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop.  There
 4181: are functions available to make this easy.
 4182: </P><P>
 4183: 
 4184: <A NAME="IDX334"></A>
 4185: <DL>
 4186: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I>
 4187: <DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
 4188: expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>.  Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to
 4189: use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been
 4190: entered.
 4191: The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument.
 4192: </DL>
 4193: </P><P>
 4194: 
 4195: <A NAME="IDX335"></A>
 4196: <DL>
 4197: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4198: <DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
 4199: should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next
 4200: character from the current input source.
 4201: If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will
 4202: invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function installed by
 4203: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> to process the line.
 4204: Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are
 4205: reset to the values they had before calling
 4206: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>.
 4207: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns,
 4208: and the line handler remains installed,
 4209: the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
 4210: <CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a
 4211: <CODE>NULL</CODE> line.
 4212: </DL>
 4213: </P><P>
 4214: 
 4215: <A NAME="IDX336"></A>
 4216: <DL>
 4217: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4218: <DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
 4219: This may be called from within a callback as well as independently.
 4220: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
 4221: does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
 4222: to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before
 4223: the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
 4224: </DL>
 4225: </P><P>
 4226: 
 4227: <A NAME="A Readline Example"></A>
 4228: <HR SIZE="6">
 4229: <A NAME="SEC42"></A>
 4230: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4231: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4232: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4233: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4234: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4235: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4236: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4237: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4238: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4239: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4240: </TR></TABLE>
 4241: <H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3>
 4242: <!--docid::SEC42::-->
 4243: <P>
 4244: 
 4245: Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
 4246: equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase.  If
 4247: this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would
 4248: change the case of the character under point.  Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP>
 4249: would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
 4250: the last character changed.
 4251: </P><P>
 4252: 
 4253: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
 4254: int
 4255: invert_case_line (count, key)
 4256:      int count, key;
 4257: {
 4258:   register int start, end, i;
 4259: 
 4260:   start = rl_point;
 4261: 
 4262:   if (rl_point &#62;= rl_end)
 4263:     return (0);
 4264: 
 4265:   if (count &#60; 0)
 4266:     {
 4267:       direction = -1;
 4268:       count = -count;
 4269:     }
 4270:   else
 4271:     direction = 1;
 4272:       
 4273:   /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
 4274:   end = start + (count * direction);
 4275: 
 4276:   /* Force it to be within range. */
 4277:   if (end &#62; rl_end)
 4278:     end = rl_end;
 4279:   else if (end &#60; 0)
 4280:     end = 0;
 4281: 
 4282:   if (start == end)
 4283:     return (0);
 4284: 
 4285:   if (start &#62; end)
 4286:     {
 4287:       int temp = start;
 4288:       start = end;
 4289:       end = temp;
 4290:     }
 4291: 
 4292:   /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
 4293:      so it will save the undo information. */
 4294:   rl_modifying (start, end);
 4295: 
 4296:   for (i = start; i != end; i++)
 4297:     {
 4298:       if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
 4299:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
 4300:       else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
 4301:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
 4302:     }
 4303:   /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
 4304:   rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
 4305:   return (0);
 4306: }
 4307: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 4308: 
 4309: <A NAME="Alternate Interface Example"></A>
 4310: <HR SIZE="6">
 4311: <A NAME="SEC43"></A>
 4312: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4313: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4314: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4315: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4316: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4317: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4318: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4319: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4320: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4321: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4322: </TR></TABLE>
 4323: <H3> 2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example </H3>
 4324: <!--docid::SEC43::-->
 4325: <P>
 4326: 
 4327: Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface.
 4328: It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the
 4329: standard history and TAB completion functions.
 4330: It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program.
 4331: </P><P>
 4332: 
 4333: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
 4334: #include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
 4335: #include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
 4336: 
 4337: /* Used for select(2) */
 4338: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
 4339: #include &#60;sys/select.h&#62;
 4340: 
 4341: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
 4342: 
 4343: /* Standard readline include files. */
 4344: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
 4345: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
 4346: 
 4347: static void cb_linehandler (char *);
 4348: 
 4349: int running;
 4350: const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
 4351: 
 4352: /* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
 4353:    seen, or EOF character read.  This sets a flag and returns; it could
 4354:    also call exit(3). */
 4355: static void
 4356: cb_linehandler (char *line)
 4357: {
 4358:   /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
 4359:   if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
 4360:     {
 4361:       if (line == 0)
 4362:         printf ("\n");
 4363:       printf ("exit\n");
 4364:       /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
 4365:          and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
 4366:          being displayed. */
 4367:       rl_callback_handler_remove ();
 4368: 
 4369:       running = 0;
 4370:     }
 4371:   else
 4372:     {
 4373:       if (*line)
 4374:         add_history (line);
 4375:       printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
 4376:       free (line);
 4377:     }
 4378: }
 4379: 
 4380: int
 4381: main (int c, char **v)
 4382: {
 4383:   fd_set fds;
 4384:   int r;
 4385: 
 4386:   /* Install the line handler. */
 4387:   rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
 4388: 
 4389:   /* Enter a simple event loop.  This waits until something is available
 4390:      to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
 4391:      calls the builtin character read callback to read it.  It does not
 4392:      have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
 4393:   running = 1;
 4394:   while (running)
 4395:     {
 4396:       FD_ZERO (&#38;fds);
 4397:       FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds);    
 4398: 
 4399:       r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &#38;fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 4400:       if (r &#60; 0)
 4401:         {
 4402:           perror ("rltest: select");
 4403:           rl_callback_handler_remove ();
 4404:           break;
 4405:         }
 4406: 
 4407:       if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds))
 4408:         rl_callback_read_char ();
 4409:     }
 4410: 
 4411:   printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
 4412:   return 0;
 4413: }
 4414: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 4415: 
 4416: <A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A>
 4417: <HR SIZE="6">
 4418: <A NAME="SEC44"></A>
 4419: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4420: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4421: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4422: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4423: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4424: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4425: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4426: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4427: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4428: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4429: </TR></TABLE>
 4430: <H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2>
 4431: <!--docid::SEC44::-->
 4432: <P>
 4433: 
 4434: Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
 4435: sometimes on behalf of another process.  They are intended to indicate
 4436: exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
 4437: or a network connection being broken.  There is a class of signals that can
 4438: be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard.  Since
 4439: Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
 4440: perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
 4441: restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
 4442: functions to do so manually. 
 4443: </P><P>
 4444: 
 4445: Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
 4446: number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>,
 4447: <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, 
 4448: <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>).
 4449: When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
 4450: will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
 4451: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
 4452: before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling
 4453: application.
 4454: If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
 4455: will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
 4456: When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs
 4457: some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
 4458: aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below).
 4459: </P><P>
 4460: 
 4461: There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which
 4462: the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
 4463: example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>).  The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
 4464: handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
 4465: any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed. 
 4466: Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without
 4467: resetting the terminal to its original state.  If the application's signal
 4468: handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
 4469: example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM>
 4470: call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the
 4471: terminal state. 
 4472: </P><P>
 4473: 
 4474: Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
 4475: control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
 4476: when they are received.  It is important that applications change the
 4477: values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in
 4478: a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
 4479: </P><P>
 4480: 
 4481: <A NAME="IDX337"></A>
 4482: <DL>
 4483: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B>
 4484: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
 4485: <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>,
 4486: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>.
 4487: </P><P>
 4488: 
 4489: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1.
 4490: </DL>
 4491: </P><P>
 4492: 
 4493: <A NAME="IDX338"></A>
 4494: <DL>
 4495: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B>
 4496: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
 4497: Readline will install a signal handler for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
 4498: </P><P>
 4499: 
 4500: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1.
 4501: </DL>
 4502: </P><P>
 4503: 
 4504: <A NAME="IDX339"></A>
 4505: <DL>
 4506: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_change_environment</B>
 4507: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
 4508: and Readline is handling <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, Readline will modify the
 4509: <VAR>LINES</VAR> and <VAR>COLUMNS</VAR> environment variables upon receipt of a
 4510: <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
 4511: </P><P>
 4512: 
 4513: The default value of <CODE>rl_change_environment</CODE> is 1.
 4514: </DL>
 4515: </P><P>
 4516: 
 4517: If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
 4518: to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
 4519: for example), 
 4520: Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
 4521: and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
 4522: </P><P>
 4523: 
 4524: <A NAME="IDX340"></A>
 4525: <DL>
 4526: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4527: <DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
 4528: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
 4529: all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
 4530: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 4531: </DL>
 4532: </P><P>
 4533: 
 4534: <A NAME="IDX341"></A>
 4535: <DL>
 4536: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4537: <DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
 4538: (undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
 4539: keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument).  This
 4540: should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>.  The
 4541: Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the
 4542: current input line.
 4543: </DL>
 4544: </P><P>
 4545: 
 4546: <A NAME="IDX342"></A>
 4547: <DL>
 4548: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4549: <DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
 4550: handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
 4551: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 4552: </DL>
 4553: </P><P>
 4554: 
 4555: If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may
 4556: call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force
 4557: Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
 4558: is received.
 4559: </P><P>
 4560: 
 4561: <A NAME="IDX343"></A>
 4562: <DL>
 4563: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I>
 4564: <DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
 4565: have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
 4566: function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or
 4567: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal.
 4568: </DL>
 4569: </P><P>
 4570: 
 4571: <A NAME="IDX344"></A>
 4572: <DL>
 4573: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4574: <DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
 4575: </DL>
 4576: </P><P>
 4577: 
 4578: <A NAME="IDX345"></A>
 4579: <DL>
 4580: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I>
 4581: <DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and
 4582: <VAR>cols</VAR> columns.  If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than
 4583: or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
 4584: </DL>
 4585: </P><P>
 4586: 
 4587: If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but
 4588: is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen
 4589: size may be queried.
 4590: </P><P>
 4591: 
 4592: <A NAME="IDX346"></A>
 4593: <DL>
 4594: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I>
 4595: <DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
 4596: variables pointed to by the arguments.
 4597: </DL>
 4598: </P><P>
 4599: 
 4600: <A NAME="IDX347"></A>
 4601: <DL>
 4602: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4603: <DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
 4604: </DL>
 4605: </P><P>
 4606: 
 4607: The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
 4608: </P><P>
 4609: 
 4610: <A NAME="IDX348"></A>
 4611: <DL>
 4612: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4613: <DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>,
 4614: <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>,
 4615: <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of
 4616: <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 4617: </DL>
 4618: </P><P>
 4619: 
 4620: <A NAME="IDX349"></A>
 4621: <DL>
 4622: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4623: <DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
 4624: <CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>.
 4625: </DL>
 4626: </P><P>
 4627: 
 4628: <A NAME="Custom Completers"></A>
 4629: <HR SIZE="6">
 4630: <A NAME="SEC45"></A>
 4631: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4632: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4633: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4634: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 4635: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4636: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4637: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4638: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4639: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4640: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4641: </TR></TABLE>
 4642: <H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2>
 4643: <!--docid::SEC45::-->
 4644: <P>
 4645: 
 4646: Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
 4647: disambiguating commands and data.  If your program is one of these, then
 4648: it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
 4649: The following sections describe how your program and Readline
 4650: cooperate to provide this service.
 4651: </P><P>
 4652: 
 4653: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 4654: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR>
 4655: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR>
 4656: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR>
 4657: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR>
 4658: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 4659: <P>
 4660: 
 4661: <A NAME="How Completing Works"></A>
 4662: <HR SIZE="6">
 4663: <A NAME="SEC46"></A>
 4664: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4665: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4666: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4667: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 4668: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4669: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4670: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4671: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4672: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4673: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4674: </TR></TABLE>
 4675: <H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3>
 4676: <!--docid::SEC46::-->
 4677: <P>
 4678: 
 4679: In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
 4680: must be available.  That is, it is not possible to accurately
 4681: expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
 4682: which make sense in that context.  The Readline library provides
 4683: the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
 4684: completion functions:  filename and username.  For completing other types
 4685: of text, you must write your own completion function.  This section
 4686: describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
 4687: </P><P>
 4688: 
 4689: There are three major functions used to perform completion:
 4690: </P><P>
 4691: 
 4692: <OL>
 4693: <LI>
 4694: The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.  This function is
 4695: called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
 4696: <VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
 4697: It isolates the word to be completed and calls
 4698: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions.
 4699: It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
 4700: completions, or actually performs the
 4701: completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
 4702: <P>
 4703: 
 4704: <LI>
 4705: The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an
 4706: application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of
 4707: possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
 4708: The caller should place the address of its generator function in
 4709: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>.
 4710: <P>
 4711: 
 4712: <LI>
 4713: The generator function is called repeatedly from
 4714: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time.  The
 4715: arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>.
 4716: <VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed.  <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the
 4717: first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
 4718: any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
 4719: each subsequent call.  The generator function returns
 4720: <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are
 4721: no more possibilities left.  Usually the generator function computes the
 4722: list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them
 4723: one at a time on subsequent calls.  Each string the generator function
 4724: returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline
 4725: frees the strings when it has finished with them.
 4726: Such a generator function is referred to as an
 4727: <EM>application-specific completion function</EM>.
 4728: <P>
 4729: 
 4730: </OL>
 4731: <P>
 4732: 
 4733: <A NAME="IDX350"></A>
 4734: <DL>
 4735: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
 4736: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
 4737: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
 4738: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>).  The default is to do filename completion.
 4739: </DL>
 4740: </P><P>
 4741: 
 4742: <A NAME="IDX351"></A>
 4743: <DL>
 4744: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
 4745: <DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for
 4746: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
 4747: If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is
 4748: <CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator
 4749: function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used.
 4750: An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose
 4751: address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose
 4752: return values are used to  generate possible completions.
 4753: </DL>
 4754: </P><P>
 4755: 
 4756: <A NAME="Completion Functions"></A>
 4757: <HR SIZE="6">
 4758: <A NAME="SEC47"></A>
 4759: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4760: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4761: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4762: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4763: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4764: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4765: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4766: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4767: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4768: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4769: </TR></TABLE>
 4770: <H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3>
 4771: <!--docid::SEC47::-->
 4772: <P>
 4773: 
 4774: Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
 4775: Readline.
 4776: </P><P>
 4777: 
 4778: <A NAME="IDX352"></A>
 4779: <DL>
 4780: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I>
 4781: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do
 4782: with the completion.  A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible
 4783: completions.  <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion.  <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means
 4784: insert all of the possible completions.  <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display
 4785: all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
 4786: performing partial completion.  <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but
 4787: possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
 4788: a common prefix.
 4789: </DL>
 4790: </P><P>
 4791: 
 4792: <A NAME="IDX353"></A>
 4793: <DL>
 4794: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
 4795: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
 4796: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
 4797: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>).
 4798: The default is to do filename
 4799: completion.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an
 4800: argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
 4801: </DL>
 4802: </P><P>
 4803: 
 4804: <A NAME="IDX354"></A>
 4805: <DL>
 4806: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
 4807: <DD>List the possible completions.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete
 4808: ()</CODE>.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of
 4809: <SAMP>`?'</SAMP>.
 4810: </DL>
 4811: </P><P>
 4812: 
 4813: <A NAME="IDX355"></A>
 4814: <DL>
 4815: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
 4816: <DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
 4817: partially-completed word.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 4818: This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>.
 4819: </DL>
 4820: </P><P>
 4821: 
 4822: <A NAME="IDX356"></A>
 4823: <DL>
 4824: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I>
 4825: <DD>Returns the appropriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
 4826: depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and
 4827: the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and
 4828: <CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables.
 4829: Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
 4830: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 4831: </DL>
 4832: </P><P>
 4833: 
 4834: <A NAME="IDX357"></A>
 4835: <DL>
 4836: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I>
 4837: <DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
 4838: <VAR>text</VAR>.  If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>.
 4839: The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>.
 4840: The remaining entries are the possible completions.  The array is
 4841: terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer.
 4842: </P><P>
 4843: 
 4844: <VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a
 4845: <CODE>char *</CODE>.  The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>.  The second is a
 4846: state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
 4847: calls.  <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE>  pointer to the caller
 4848: when there are no more matches.
 4849: </DL>
 4850: </P><P>
 4851: 
 4852: <A NAME="IDX358"></A>
 4853: <DL>
 4854: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
 4855: <DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
 4856: <VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename.
 4857: The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
 4858: completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
 4859: Readline functions).
 4860: </DL>
 4861: </P><P>
 4862: 
 4863: <A NAME="IDX359"></A>
 4864: <DL>
 4865: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
 4866: <DD>A completion generator for usernames.  <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial
 4867: username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>).  As with all
 4868: completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero
 4869: for subsequent calls.
 4870: </DL>
 4871: </P><P>
 4872: 
 4873: <A NAME="Completion Variables"></A>
 4874: <HR SIZE="6">
 4875: <A NAME="SEC48"></A>
 4876: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4877: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4878: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4879: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4880: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4881: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4882: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4883: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4884: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4885: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4886: </TR></TABLE>
 4887: <H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3>
 4888: <!--docid::SEC48::-->
 4889: <P>
 4890: 
 4891: <A NAME="IDX360"></A>
 4892: <DL>
 4893: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
 4894: <DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
 4895: <CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>,
 4896: the default filename completer.
 4897: </DL>
 4898: </P><P>
 4899: 
 4900: <A NAME="IDX361"></A>
 4901: <DL>
 4902: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B>
 4903: <DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
 4904: The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>.
 4905: <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining
 4906: the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string.
 4907: If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is
 4908: set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of
 4909: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the
 4910: array of strings returned will be used.
 4911: If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE>
 4912: variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
 4913: completion even if this function returns no matches.
 4914: </DL>
 4915: </P><P>
 4916: 
 4917: <A NAME="IDX362"></A>
 4918: <DL>
 4919: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B>
 4920: <DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
 4921: application-specific fashion.  This is called if filename completion is being
 4922: attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE>
 4923: appears in a completed filename.  The function is called with
 4924: <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>.  The <VAR>text</VAR>
 4925: is the filename to be quoted.  The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either
 4926: <CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or
 4927: <CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>.  Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
 4928: insert a closing quote character.  The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer
 4929: to any opening quote character the user typed.  Some functions choose
 4930: to reset this character.
 4931: </DL>
 4932: </P><P>
 4933: 
 4934: <A NAME="IDX363"></A>
 4935: <DL>
 4936: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B>
 4937: <DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
 4938: characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
 4939: characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
 4940: the filesystem.  It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word
 4941: to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character 
 4942: that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>).  If
 4943: <VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
 4944: </DL>
 4945: </P><P>
 4946: 
 4947: <A NAME="IDX364"></A>
 4948: <DL>
 4949: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B>
 4950: <DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
 4951: character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
 4952: mechanism the program calling Readline uses.  The function is called with
 4953: two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the
 4954: index of the character in the line.  It is used to decide whether a
 4955: character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be
 4956: used to break words for the completer.
 4957: </DL>
 4958: </P><P>
 4959: 
 4960: <A NAME="IDX365"></A>
 4961: <DL>
 4962: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B>
 4963: <DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
 4964: completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
 4965: It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches.
 4966: The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the
 4967: maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
 4968: re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
 4969: from the array must be freed.
 4970: </DL>
 4971: </P><P>
 4972: 
 4973: <A NAME="IDX366"></A>
 4974: <DL>
 4975: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B>
 4976: <DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
 4977: of filenames Readline completes.
 4978: It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
 4979: It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an
 4980: argument, and may modify that string.
 4981: If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
 4982: Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
 4983: The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing
 4984: the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
 4985: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
 4986: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
 4987: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
 4988: </P><P>
 4989: 
 4990: The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 4991: the function modifies its directory argument.
 4992: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 4993: </DL>
 4994: </P><P>
 4995: 
 4996: <A NAME="IDX367"></A>
 4997: <DL>
 4998: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</B>
 4999: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
 5000: a directory name.  This function takes the address of the directory name
 5001: to be modified as an argument.  Unlike <CODE>rl_directory_completion_hook</CODE>,
 5002: it only modifies the directory name used in <CODE>opendir</CODE>, not what is
 5003: displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted.  It is
 5004: called before rl_directory_completion_hook.
 5005: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
 5006: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
 5007: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
 5008: </P><P>
 5009: 
 5010: The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 5011: the function modfies its directory argument.
 5012: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 5013: </DL>
 5014: </P><P>
 5015: 
 5016: <A NAME="IDX368"></A>
 5017: <DL>
 5018: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_filename_stat_hook</B>
 5019: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to
 5020: call before deciding which character to append to a completed name.
 5021: This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value
 5022: is passed to <CODE>stat()</CODE> to determine the file's type and characteristics.
 5023: This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename.
 5024: </P><P>
 5025: 
 5026: The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 5027: the function modfies its directory argument.
 5028: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 5029: </DL>
 5030: </P><P>
 5031: 
 5032: <A NAME="IDX369"></A>
 5033: <DL>
 5034: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B>
 5035: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
 5036: directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
 5037: them to the partial word to be completed.  The function should
 5038: perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on
 5039: the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
 5040: from a filesystem format to a character input format.
 5041: The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted,
 5042: and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes.
 5043: It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
 5044: or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory.  The converted
 5045: form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
 5046: matches, is added to the list of matches.  Readline will free the
 5047: allocated string.
 5048: </DL>
 5049: </P><P>
 5050: 
 5051: <A NAME="IDX370"></A>
 5052: <DL>
 5053: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B>
 5054: <DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
 5055: completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
 5056: This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
 5057: It takes three arguments:
 5058: (<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>)
 5059: where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings,
 5060: <VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and
 5061: <VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array.
 5062: Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>,
 5063: that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.  That
 5064: function may be called from this hook.
 5065: </DL>
 5066: </P><P>
 5067: 
 5068: <A NAME="IDX371"></A>
 5069: <DL>
 5070: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B>
 5071: <DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
 5072: completer routine.  The default value of this variable is the characters
 5073: which break words for completion in Bash:
 5074: <CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$>&#60;=;|&#38;{("</CODE>.
 5075: </DL>
 5076: </P><P>
 5077: 
 5078: <A NAME="IDX372"></A>
 5079: <DL>
 5080: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B>
 5081: <DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
 5082: </DL>
 5083: </P><P>
 5084: 
 5085: <A NAME="IDX373"></A>
 5086: <DL>
 5087: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B>
 5088: <DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for
 5089: <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  The default list is the value of
 5090: <CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>.
 5091: </DL>
 5092: </P><P>
 5093: 
 5094: <A NAME="IDX374"></A>
 5095: <DL>
 5096: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B>
 5097: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
 5098: deciding where to separate words for word completion.  It should return
 5099: a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be
 5100: used to perform the current completion.  The function may choose to set
 5101: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself.  If the function
 5102: returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used.
 5103: </DL>
 5104: </P><P>
 5105: 
 5106: <A NAME="IDX375"></A>
 5107: <DL>
 5108: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B>
 5109: <DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
 5110: Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
 5111: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character,
 5112: unless they also appear within this list.
 5113: </DL>
 5114: </P><P>
 5115: 
 5116: <A NAME="IDX376"></A>
 5117: <DL>
 5118: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B>
 5119: <DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
 5120: when they appear in a completed filename.  The default is the null string.
 5121: </DL>
 5122: </P><P>
 5123: 
 5124: <A NAME="IDX377"></A>
 5125: <DL>
 5126: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B>
 5127: <DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
 5128: left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function.
 5129: Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
 5130: For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete
 5131: shell variables and hostnames.
 5132: </DL>
 5133: </P><P>
 5134: 
 5135: <A NAME="IDX378"></A>
 5136: <DL>
 5137: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B>
 5138: <DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
 5139: possible-completions call.  After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
 5140: she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100.  A negative value 
 5141: indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
 5142: </DL>
 5143: </P><P>
 5144: 
 5145: <A NAME="IDX379"></A>
 5146: <DL>
 5147: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B>
 5148: <DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
 5149: line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text.  The
 5150: default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>).  Setting this to the null
 5151: character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically.
 5152: This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
 5153: provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to
 5154: an application-specific command line syntax specification.
 5155: </DL>
 5156: </P><P>
 5157: 
 5158: <A NAME="IDX380"></A>
 5159: <DL>
 5160: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B>
 5161: <DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to
 5162: matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
 5163: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
 5164: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
 5165: </DL>
 5166: </P><P>
 5167: 
 5168: <A NAME="IDX381"></A>
 5169: <DL>
 5170: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B>
 5171: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
 5172: characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable
 5173: to the quoting character found.
 5174: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
 5175: </DL>
 5176: </P><P>
 5177: 
 5178: <A NAME="IDX382"></A>
 5179: <DL>
 5180: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B>
 5181: <DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
 5182: performing completion on a quoted string.
 5183: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
 5184: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
 5185: </DL>
 5186: </P><P>
 5187: 
 5188: <A NAME="IDX383"></A>
 5189: <DL>
 5190: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B>
 5191: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
 5192: to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
 5193: by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
 5194: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
 5195: </DL>
 5196: </P><P>
 5197: 
 5198: <A NAME="IDX384"></A>
 5199: <DL>
 5200: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B>
 5201: <DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
 5202: symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
 5203: user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable.
 5204: This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
 5205: can override the user's global preference (set via the
 5206: <VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate.
 5207: This variable is set to the user's preference before any
 5208: application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
 5209: function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
 5210: </DL>
 5211: </P><P>
 5212: 
 5213: <A NAME="IDX385"></A>
 5214: <DL>
 5215: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B>
 5216: <DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
 5217: The default is 1.
 5218: </DL>
 5219: </P><P>
 5220: 
 5221: <A NAME="IDX386"></A>
 5222: <DL>
 5223: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B>
 5224: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
 5225: filenames.  This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted,
 5226: and can only be changed
 5227: within an application-specific completion function.  If it is set to a
 5228: non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
 5229: and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
 5230: characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and
 5231: <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value.
 5232: </DL>
 5233: </P><P>
 5234: 
 5235: <A NAME="IDX387"></A>
 5236: <DL>
 5237: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B>
 5238: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
 5239: double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
 5240: completed filename contains any characters in
 5241: <CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>.  This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero
 5242: when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
 5243: application-specific completion function.
 5244: The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
 5245: by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>.
 5246: </DL>
 5247: </P><P>
 5248: 
 5249: <A NAME="IDX388"></A>
 5250: <DL>
 5251: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B>
 5252: <DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to
 5253: <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero
 5254: value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
 5255: if the application's completion function returns no matches.
 5256: It should be set only by an application's completion function.
 5257: </DL>
 5258: </P><P>
 5259: 
 5260: <A NAME="IDX389"></A>
 5261: <DL>
 5262: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B>
 5263: <DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
 5264: list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
 5265: completions).  The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
 5266: sort the completions and, depending on the value of
 5267: <CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate
 5268: matches.
 5269: </DL>
 5270: </P><P>
 5271: 
 5272: <A NAME="IDX390"></A>
 5273: <DL>
 5274: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B>
 5275: <DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
 5276: attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
 5277: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters.
 5278: This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
 5279: completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
 5280: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 5281: </DL>
 5282: </P><P>
 5283: 
 5284: <A NAME="IDX391"></A>
 5285: <DL>
 5286: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B>
 5287: <DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
 5288: completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  This is
 5289: set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
 5290: function is called.
 5291: </DL>
 5292: </P><P>
 5293: 
 5294: <A NAME="IDX392"></A>
 5295: <DL>
 5296: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B>
 5297: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited.  The completion
 5298: character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.
 5299: </DL>
 5300: </P><P>
 5301: 
 5302: <A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A>
 5303: <HR SIZE="6">
 5304: <A NAME="SEC49"></A>
 5305: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5306: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5307: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5308: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 5309: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5310: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5311: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5312: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5313: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5314: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5315: </TR></TABLE>
 5316: <H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3>
 5317: <!--docid::SEC49::-->
 5318: <P>
 5319: 
 5320: Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
 5321: library.  It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in
 5322: <TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>.  This sample application provides
 5323: completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
 5324: history list.
 5325: </P><P>
 5326: 
 5327: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
 5328:    GNU Readline library.  This application interactively allows users
 5329:    to manipulate files and their modes. */
 5330: 
 5331: #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 5332: #  include &#60;config.h&#62;
 5333: #endif
 5334: 
 5335: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
 5336: #ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
 5337: #  include &#60;sys/file.h&#62;
 5338: #endif
 5339: #include &#60;sys/stat.h&#62;
 5340: 
 5341: #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 5342: #  include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
 5343: #endif
 5344: 
 5345: #include &#60;fcntl.h&#62;
 5346: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
 5347: #include &#60;errno.h&#62;
 5348: 
 5349: #if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
 5350: #  include &#60;string.h&#62;
 5351: #else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
 5352: #  include &#60;strings.h&#62;
 5353: #endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
 5354: 
 5355: #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
 5356: #  include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
 5357: #endif
 5358: 
 5359: #include &#60;time.h&#62;
 5360: 
 5361: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
 5362: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
 5363: 
 5364: extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
 5365: 
 5366: /* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
 5367: int com_list PARAMS((char *));
 5368: int com_view PARAMS((char *));
 5369: int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
 5370: int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
 5371: int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
 5372: int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
 5373: int com_help PARAMS((char *));
 5374: int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
 5375: int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
 5376: 
 5377: /* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
 5378:    can understand. */
 5379: 
 5380: typedef struct {
 5381:   char *name;			/* User printable name of the function. */
 5382:   rl_icpfunc_t *func;		/* Function to call to do the job. */
 5383:   char *doc;			/* Documentation for this function.  */
 5384: } COMMAND;
 5385: 
 5386: COMMAND commands[] = {
 5387:   { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
 5388:   { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
 5389:   { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
 5390:   { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
 5391:   { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
 5392:   { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
 5393:   { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
 5394:   { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
 5395:   { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
 5396:   { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
 5397:   { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
 5398:   { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
 5399: };
 5400: 
 5401: /* Forward declarations. */
 5402: char *stripwhite ();
 5403: COMMAND *find_command ();
 5404: 
 5405: /* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
 5406: char *progname;
 5407: 
 5408: /* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
 5409: int done;
 5410: 
 5411: char *
 5412: dupstr (s)
 5413:      char *s;
 5414: {
 5415:   char *r;
 5416: 
 5417:   r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
 5418:   strcpy (r, s);
 5419:   return (r);
 5420: }
 5421: 
 5422: main (argc, argv)
 5423:      int argc;
 5424:      char **argv;
 5425: {
 5426:   char *line, *s;
 5427: 
 5428:   progname = argv[0];
 5429: 
 5430:   initialize_readline ();	/* Bind our completer. */
 5431: 
 5432:   /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
 5433:   for ( ; done == 0; )
 5434:     {
 5435:       line = readline ("FileMan: ");
 5436: 
 5437:       if (!line)
 5438:         break;
 5439: 
 5440:       /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
 5441:          Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
 5442:          and execute it. */
 5443:       s = stripwhite (line);
 5444: 
 5445:       if (*s)
 5446:         {
 5447:           add_history (s);
 5448:           execute_line (s);
 5449:         }
 5450: 
 5451:       free (line);
 5452:     }
 5453:   exit (0);
 5454: }
 5455: 
 5456: /* Execute a command line. */
 5457: int
 5458: execute_line (line)
 5459:      char *line;
 5460: {
 5461:   register int i;
 5462:   COMMAND *command;
 5463:   char *word;
 5464: 
 5465:   /* Isolate the command word. */
 5466:   i = 0;
 5467:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; whitespace (line[i]))
 5468:     i++;
 5469:   word = line + i;
 5470: 
 5471:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; !whitespace (line[i]))
 5472:     i++;
 5473: 
 5474:   if (line[i])
 5475:     line[i++] = '\0';
 5476: 
 5477:   command = find_command (word);
 5478: 
 5479:   if (!command)
 5480:     {
 5481:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
 5482:       return (-1);
 5483:     }
 5484: 
 5485:   /* Get argument to command, if any. */
 5486:   while (whitespace (line[i]))
 5487:     i++;
 5488: 
 5489:   word = line + i;
 5490: 
 5491:   /* Call the function. */
 5492:   return ((*(command-&#62;func)) (word));
 5493: }
 5494: 
 5495: /* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
 5496:    command.  Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
 5497: COMMAND *
 5498: find_command (name)
 5499:      char *name;
 5500: {
 5501:   register int i;
 5502: 
 5503:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 5504:     if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
 5505:       return (&#38;commands[i]);
 5506: 
 5507:   return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
 5508: }
 5509: 
 5510: /* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING.  Return a pointer
 5511:    into STRING. */
 5512: char *
 5513: stripwhite (string)
 5514:      char *string;
 5515: {
 5516:   register char *s, *t;
 5517: 
 5518:   for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
 5519:     ;
 5520:     
 5521:   if (*s == 0)
 5522:     return (s);
 5523: 
 5524:   t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
 5525:   while (t &#62; s &#38;&#38; whitespace (*t))
 5526:     t--;
 5527:   *++t = '\0';
 5528: 
 5529:   return s;
 5530: }
 5531: 
 5532: /* **************************************************************** */
 5533: /*                                                                  */
 5534: /*                  Interface to Readline Completion                */
 5535: /*                                                                  */
 5536: /* **************************************************************** */
 5537: 
 5538: char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
 5539: char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
 5540: 
 5541: /* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete.  We want to try to complete
 5542:    on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
 5543:    if not. */
 5544: initialize_readline ()
 5545: {
 5546:   /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
 5547:   rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
 5548: 
 5549:   /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
 5550:   rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
 5551: }
 5552: 
 5553: /* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT.  START and END bound the
 5554:    region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete.  TEXT is
 5555:    the word to complete.  We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
 5556:    in case we want to do some simple parsing.  Return the array of matches,
 5557:    or NULL if there aren't any. */
 5558: char **
 5559: fileman_completion (text, start, end)
 5560:      const char *text;
 5561:      int start, end;
 5562: {
 5563:   char **matches;
 5564: 
 5565:   matches = (char **)NULL;
 5566: 
 5567:   /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
 5568:      to complete.  Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
 5569:      directory. */
 5570:   if (start == 0)
 5571:     matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
 5572: 
 5573:   return (matches);
 5574: }
 5575: 
 5576: /* Generator function for command completion.  STATE lets us know whether
 5577:    to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
 5578:    start at the top of the list. */
 5579: char *
 5580: command_generator (text, state)
 5581:      const char *text;
 5582:      int state;
 5583: {
 5584:   static int list_index, len;
 5585:   char *name;
 5586: 
 5587:   /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now.  This includes
 5588:      saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
 5589:      variable to 0. */
 5590:   if (!state)
 5591:     {
 5592:       list_index = 0;
 5593:       len = strlen (text);
 5594:     }
 5595: 
 5596:   /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
 5597:   while (name = commands[list_index].name)
 5598:     {
 5599:       list_index++;
 5600: 
 5601:       if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
 5602:         return (dupstr(name));
 5603:     }
 5604: 
 5605:   /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
 5606:   return ((char *)NULL);
 5607: }
 5608: 
 5609: /* **************************************************************** */
 5610: /*                                                                  */
 5611: /*                       FileMan Commands                           */
 5612: /*                                                                  */
 5613: /* **************************************************************** */
 5614: 
 5615: /* String to pass to system ().  This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
 5616:    commands. */
 5617: static char syscom[1024];
 5618: 
 5619: /* List the file(s) named in arg. */
 5620: com_list (arg)
 5621:      char *arg;
 5622: {
 5623:   if (!arg)
 5624:     arg = "";
 5625: 
 5626:   sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
 5627:   return (system (syscom));
 5628: }
 5629: 
 5630: com_view (arg)
 5631:      char *arg;
 5632: {
 5633:   if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
 5634:     return 1;
 5635: 
 5636: #if defined (__MSDOS__)
 5637:   /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
 5638:   sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
 5639: #else
 5640:   sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
 5641: #endif
 5642:   return (system (syscom));
 5643: }
 5644: 
 5645: com_rename (arg)
 5646:      char *arg;
 5647: {
 5648:   too_dangerous ("rename");
 5649:   return (1);
 5650: }
 5651: 
 5652: com_stat (arg)
 5653:      char *arg;
 5654: {
 5655:   struct stat finfo;
 5656: 
 5657:   if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
 5658:     return (1);
 5659: 
 5660:   if (stat (arg, &#38;finfo) == -1)
 5661:     {
 5662:       perror (arg);
 5663:       return (1);
 5664:     }
 5665: 
 5666:   printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
 5667: 
 5668:   printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
 5669: 	  arg,
 5670:           finfo.st_nlink,
 5671:           (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
 5672:           finfo.st_size,
 5673:           (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
 5674:   printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_ctime));
 5675:   printf ("      Last access at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_atime));
 5676:   printf ("    Last modified at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_mtime));
 5677:   return (0);
 5678: }
 5679: 
 5680: com_delete (arg)
 5681:      char *arg;
 5682: {
 5683:   too_dangerous ("delete");
 5684:   return (1);
 5685: }
 5686: 
 5687: /* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
 5688:    not present. */
 5689: com_help (arg)
 5690:      char *arg;
 5691: {
 5692:   register int i;
 5693:   int printed = 0;
 5694: 
 5695:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 5696:     {
 5697:       if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
 5698:         {
 5699:           printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
 5700:           printed++;
 5701:         }
 5702:     }
 5703: 
 5704:   if (!printed)
 5705:     {
 5706:       printf ("No commands match `%s'.  Possibilties are:\n", arg);
 5707: 
 5708:       for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 5709:         {
 5710:           /* Print in six columns. */
 5711:           if (printed == 6)
 5712:             {
 5713:               printed = 0;
 5714:               printf ("\n");
 5715:             }
 5716: 
 5717:           printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
 5718:           printed++;
 5719:         }
 5720: 
 5721:       if (printed)
 5722:         printf ("\n");
 5723:     }
 5724:   return (0);
 5725: }
 5726: 
 5727: /* Change to the directory ARG. */
 5728: com_cd (arg)
 5729:      char *arg;
 5730: {
 5731:   if (chdir (arg) == -1)
 5732:     {
 5733:       perror (arg);
 5734:       return 1;
 5735:     }
 5736: 
 5737:   com_pwd ("");
 5738:   return (0);
 5739: }
 5740: 
 5741: /* Print out the current working directory. */
 5742: com_pwd (ignore)
 5743:      char *ignore;
 5744: {
 5745:   char dir[1024], *s;
 5746: 
 5747:   s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
 5748:   if (s == 0)
 5749:     {
 5750:       printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
 5751:       return 1;
 5752:     }
 5753: 
 5754:   printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
 5755:   return 0;
 5756: }
 5757: 
 5758: /* The user wishes to quit using this program.  Just set DONE non-zero. */
 5759: com_quit (arg)
 5760:      char *arg;
 5761: {
 5762:   done = 1;
 5763:   return (0);
 5764: }
 5765: 
 5766: /* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
 5767: too_dangerous (caller)
 5768:      char *caller;
 5769: {
 5770:   fprintf (stderr,
 5771:            "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.  Write it yourself.\n",
 5772:            caller);
 5773: }
 5774: 
 5775: /* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
 5776:    an error message and return zero. */
 5777: int
 5778: valid_argument (caller, arg)
 5779:      char *caller, *arg;
 5780: {
 5781:   if (!arg || !*arg)
 5782:     {
 5783:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
 5784:       return (0);
 5785:     }
 5786: 
 5787:   return (1);
 5788: }
 5789: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 5790: 
 5791: <A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A>
 5792: <HR SIZE="6">
 5793: <A NAME="SEC50"></A>
 5794: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5795: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5796: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5797: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 5798: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5799: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 5800: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5801: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5802: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5803: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5804: </TR></TABLE>
 5805: <H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1>
 5806: <!--docid::SEC50::-->
 5807: <P>
 5808: 
 5809: <center>
 5810:  Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
 5811: </center>
 5812: </P><P>
 5813: 
 5814: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 5815: <A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A>
 5816: 
 5817: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 5818: of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 5819: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 5820: 
 5821: <OL>
 5822: <LI>
 5823: PREAMBLE
 5824: <P>
 5825: 
 5826: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
 5827: functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to
 5828: assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
 5829: with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
 5830: Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
 5831: to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
 5832: for modifications made by others.
 5833: </P><P>
 5834: 
 5835: This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
 5836: works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
 5837: complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
 5838: license designed for free software.
 5839: </P><P>
 5840: 
 5841: We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
 5842: software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
 5843: program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
 5844: software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
 5845: it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
 5846: whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
 5847: principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
 5848: </P><P>
 5849: 
 5850: <LI>
 5851: APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
 5852: <P>
 5853: 
 5854: This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
 5855: contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
 5856: distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
 5857: world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
 5858: work under the conditions stated herein.  The "Document", below,
 5859: refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
 5860: licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept the license if you
 5861: copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
 5862: under copyright law.
 5863: </P><P>
 5864: 
 5865: A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
 5866: Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
 5867: modifications and/or translated into another language.
 5868: </P><P>
 5869: 
 5870: A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
 5871: of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
 5872: publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
 5873: subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
 5874: directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
 5875: part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
 5876: any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
 5877: connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
 5878: commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
 5879: them.
 5880: </P><P>
 5881: 
 5882: The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
 5883: are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
 5884: that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
 5885: section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
 5886: allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
 5887: Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
 5888: Sections then there are none.
 5889: </P><P>
 5890: 
 5891: The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
 5892: as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
 5893: the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
 5894: be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
 5895: </P><P>
 5896: 
 5897: A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
 5898: represented in a format whose specification is available to the
 5899: general public, that is suitable for revising the document
 5900: straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
 5901: pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
 5902: drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
 5903: for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
 5904: to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
 5905: format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
 5906: or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
 5907: An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
 5908: of text.  A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
 5909: </P><P>
 5910: 
 5911: Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
 5912: ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
 5913: format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available
 5914: <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
 5915: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification.  Examples
 5916: of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and
 5917: <FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
 5918: read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or
 5919: <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are
 5920: not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
 5921: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for
 5922: output purposes only.
 5923: </P><P>
 5924: 
 5925: The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
 5926: plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
 5927: this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
 5928: formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
 5929: the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 5930: preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 5931: </P><P>
 5932: 
 5933: The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
 5934: of the Document to the public.
 5935: </P><P>
 5936: 
 5937: A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
 5938: title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
 5939: text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
 5940: specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
 5941: "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)  To "Preserve the Title"
 5942: of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
 5943: section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
 5944: </P><P>
 5945: 
 5946: The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
 5947: states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
 5948: Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
 5949: License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
 5950: implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
 5951: no effect on the meaning of this License.
 5952: </P><P>
 5953: 
 5954: <LI>
 5955: VERBATIM COPYING
 5956: <P>
 5957: 
 5958: You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
 5959: commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
 5960: copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
 5961: to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
 5962: conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
 5963: technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
 5964: copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
 5965: compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
 5966: number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
 5967: </P><P>
 5968: 
 5969: You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
 5970: you may publicly display copies.
 5971: </P><P>
 5972: 
 5973: <LI>
 5974: COPYING IN QUANTITY
 5975: <P>
 5976: 
 5977: If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
 5978: printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
 5979: Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
 5980: copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
 5981: Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
 5982: the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
 5983: you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
 5984: the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
 5985: visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
 5986: Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
 5987: the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
 5988: as verbatim copying in other respects.
 5989: </P><P>
 5990: 
 5991: If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
 5992: legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
 5993: reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
 5994: pages.
 5995: </P><P>
 5996: 
 5997: If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
 5998: more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
 5999: copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
 6000: a computer-network location from which the general network-using
 6001: public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
 6002: a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
 6003: If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
 6004: when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
 6005: that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
 6006: location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
 6007: Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
 6008: edition to the public.
 6009: </P><P>
 6010: 
 6011: It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
 6012: Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
 6013: them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
 6014: </P><P>
 6015: 
 6016: <LI>
 6017: MODIFICATIONS
 6018: <P>
 6019: 
 6020: You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
 6021: the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
 6022: the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
 6023: Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
 6024: and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
 6025: of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
 6026: </P><P>
 6027: 
 6028: <OL>
 6029: <LI>
 6030: Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
 6031: from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
 6032: (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
 6033: of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
 6034: if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
 6035: <P>
 6036: 
 6037: <LI>
 6038: List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
 6039: responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
 6040: Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
 6041: Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
 6042: unless they release you from this requirement.
 6043: <P>
 6044: 
 6045: <LI>
 6046: State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
 6047: Modified Version, as the publisher.
 6048: <P>
 6049: 
 6050: <LI>
 6051: Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
 6052: <P>
 6053: 
 6054: <LI>
 6055: Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
 6056: adjacent to the other copyright notices.
 6057: <P>
 6058: 
 6059: <LI>
 6060: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
 6061: giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
 6062: terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
 6063: <P>
 6064: 
 6065: <LI>
 6066: Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
 6067: and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
 6068: <P>
 6069: 
 6070: <LI>
 6071: Include an unaltered copy of this License.
 6072: <P>
 6073: 
 6074: <LI>
 6075: Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
 6076: to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
 6077: publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
 6078: there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
 6079: stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
 6080: given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
 6081: Version as stated in the previous sentence.
 6082: <P>
 6083: 
 6084: <LI>
 6085: Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
 6086: public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
 6087: the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
 6088: it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
 6089: You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
 6090: least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
 6091: publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
 6092: <P>
 6093: 
 6094: <LI>
 6095: For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve
 6096: the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
 6097: substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
 6098: dedications given therein.
 6099: <P>
 6100: 
 6101: <LI>
 6102: Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
 6103: unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
 6104: or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
 6105: <P>
 6106: 
 6107: <LI>
 6108: Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
 6109: may not be included in the Modified Version.
 6110: <P>
 6111: 
 6112: <LI>
 6113: Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or
 6114: to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
 6115: <P>
 6116: 
 6117: <LI>
 6118: Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
 6119: </OL>
 6120: <P>
 6121: 
 6122: If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
 6123: appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
 6124: copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
 6125: of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
 6126: list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
 6127: These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
 6128: </P><P>
 6129: 
 6130: You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
 6131: nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
 6132: parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
 6133: been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
 6134: standard.
 6135: </P><P>
 6136: 
 6137: You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
 6138: passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
 6139: of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
 6140: Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
 6141: through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
 6142: includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
 6143: by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
 6144: you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
 6145: permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
 6146: </P><P>
 6147: 
 6148: The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
 6149: give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
 6150: imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
 6151: </P><P>
 6152: 
 6153: <LI>
 6154: COMBINING DOCUMENTS
 6155: <P>
 6156: 
 6157: You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
 6158: License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
 6159: versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
 6160: Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
 6161: list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
 6162: license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
 6163: </P><P>
 6164: 
 6165: The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
 6166: multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
 6167: copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
 6168: different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
 6169: adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
 6170: author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
 6171: Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
 6172: Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
 6173: </P><P>
 6174: 
 6175: In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
 6176: in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
 6177: "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
 6178: and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all
 6179: sections Entitled "Endorsements."
 6180: </P><P>
 6181: 
 6182: <LI>
 6183: COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
 6184: <P>
 6185: 
 6186: You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
 6187: released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
 6188: License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
 6189: the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
 6190: verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
 6191: </P><P>
 6192: 
 6193: You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
 6194: it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
 6195: License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
 6196: other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
 6197: </P><P>
 6198: 
 6199: <LI>
 6200: AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
 6201: <P>
 6202: 
 6203: A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
 6204: and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
 6205: distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
 6206: resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
 6207: of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
 6208: When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
 6209: apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
 6210: derivative works of the Document.
 6211: </P><P>
 6212: 
 6213: If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
 6214: copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
 6215: the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
 6216: covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
 6217: electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
 6218: Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
 6219: aggregate.
 6220: </P><P>
 6221: 
 6222: <LI>
 6223: TRANSLATION
 6224: <P>
 6225: 
 6226: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
 6227: distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
 6228: Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
 6229: permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
 6230: translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
 6231: original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
 6232: translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
 6233: Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
 6234: the original English version of this License and the original versions
 6235: of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
 6236: the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
 6237: or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
 6238: </P><P>
 6239: 
 6240: If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
 6241: "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
 6242: its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
 6243: title.
 6244: </P><P>
 6245: 
 6246: <LI>
 6247: TERMINATION
 6248: <P>
 6249: 
 6250: You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
 6251: except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
 6252: otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
 6253: will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
 6254: </P><P>
 6255: 
 6256: However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
 6257: from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
 6258: unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
 6259: terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
 6260: fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
 6261: 60 days after the cessation.
 6262: </P><P>
 6263: 
 6264: Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
 6265: reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
 6266: violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
 6267: received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
 6268: copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
 6269: your receipt of the notice.
 6270: </P><P>
 6271: 
 6272: Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
 6273: licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
 6274: this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
 6275: reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
 6276: not give you any rights to use it.
 6277: </P><P>
 6278: 
 6279: <LI>
 6280: FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
 6281: <P>
 6282: 
 6283: The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
 6284: of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
 6285: versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
 6286: differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
 6287: <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.
 6288: </P><P>
 6289: 
 6290: Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
 6291: If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
 6292: License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
 6293: following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
 6294: of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
 6295: Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
 6296: number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
 6297: as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Document
 6298: specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
 6299: License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
 6300: version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
 6301: Document.
 6302: </P><P>
 6303: 
 6304: <LI>
 6305: RELICENSING
 6306: <P>
 6307: 
 6308: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
 6309: World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
 6310: provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
 6311: public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.  A
 6312: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
 6313: site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
 6314: site.
 6315: </P><P>
 6316: 
 6317: "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
 6318: license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
 6319: corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
 6320: California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
 6321: published by that same organization.
 6322: </P><P>
 6323: 
 6324: "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
 6325: in part, as part of another Document.
 6326: </P><P>
 6327: 
 6328: An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
 6329: License, and if all works that were first published under this License
 6330: somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
 6331: or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
 6332: and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
 6333: </P><P>
 6334: 
 6335: The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
 6336: under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
 6337: provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
 6338: </P><P>
 6339: 
 6340: </OL>
 6341: <P>
 6342: 
 6343: <A NAME="SEC51"></A>
 6344: <H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2>
 6345: <!--docid::SEC51::-->
 6346: <P>
 6347: 
 6348: To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
 6349: the License in the document and put the following copyright and
 6350: license notices just after the title page:
 6351: </P><P>
 6352: 
 6353: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>  Copyright (C)  <VAR>year</VAR>  <VAR>your name</VAR>.
 6354:   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
 6355:   under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
 6356:   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
 6357:   with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
 6358:   Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
 6359:   Free Documentation License''.
 6360: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6361: 
 6362: If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
 6363: replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this:
 6364: </P><P>
 6365: 
 6366: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>    with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with
 6367:     the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
 6368:     being <VAR>list</VAR>.
 6369: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6370: 
 6371: If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
 6372: combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
 6373: situation.
 6374: </P><P>
 6375: 
 6376: If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
 6377: recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
 6378: free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
 6379: to permit their use in free software.
 6380: </P><P>
 6381: 
 6382: <A NAME="Concept Index"></A>
 6383: <HR SIZE="6">
 6384: <A NAME="SEC52"></A>
 6385: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 6386: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 6387: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC53"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 6388: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 6389: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 6390: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 6391: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 6392: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 6393: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 6394: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 6395: </TR></TABLE>
 6396: <H1> Concept Index </H1>
 6397: <!--docid::SEC52::-->
 6398: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6399:  &nbsp; 
 6400: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6401:  &nbsp; 
 6402: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6403:  &nbsp; 
 6404: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6405:  &nbsp; 
 6406: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6407:  &nbsp; 
 6408: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6409:  &nbsp; 
 6410: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6411:  &nbsp; 
 6412: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6413:  &nbsp; 
 6414: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6415:  &nbsp; 
 6416: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
 6417: <TABLE border=0>
 6418: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
 6419: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6420: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6421: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR>
 6422: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6423: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6424: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6425: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6426: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6427: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6428: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6429: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6430: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR>
 6431: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR>
 6432: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6433: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6434: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6435: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6436: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6437: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6438: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6439: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6440: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6441: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
 6442: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6443: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6444: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6445: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6446: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6447: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6448: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6449: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6450:  &nbsp; 
 6451: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6452:  &nbsp; 
 6453: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6454:  &nbsp; 
 6455: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6456:  &nbsp; 
 6457: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6458:  &nbsp; 
 6459: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6460:  &nbsp; 
 6461: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6462:  &nbsp; 
 6463: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6464:  &nbsp; 
 6465: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6466:  &nbsp; 
 6467: </td></tr></table><br><P>
 6468: 
 6469: <A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A>
 6470: <HR SIZE="6">
 6471: <A NAME="SEC53"></A>
 6472: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 6473: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 6474: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt; ]</TD>
 6475: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 6476: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 6477: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 6478: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 6479: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 6480: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 6481: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 6482: </TR></TABLE>
 6483: <H1> Function and Variable Index </H1>
 6484: <!--docid::SEC53::-->
 6485: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
 6486:  &nbsp; 
 6487: <BR>
 6488: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6489:  &nbsp; 
 6490: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
 6491:  &nbsp; 
 6492: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6493:  &nbsp; 
 6494: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
 6495:  &nbsp; 
 6496: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6497:  &nbsp; 
 6498: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
 6499:  &nbsp; 
 6500: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
 6501:  &nbsp; 
 6502: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6503:  &nbsp; 
 6504: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6505:  &nbsp; 
 6506: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
 6507:  &nbsp; 
 6508: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6509:  &nbsp; 
 6510: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
 6511:  &nbsp; 
 6512: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
 6513:  &nbsp; 
 6514: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
 6515:  &nbsp; 
 6516: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6517:  &nbsp; 
 6518: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
 6519:  &nbsp; 
 6520: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
 6521:  &nbsp; 
 6522: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
 6523:  &nbsp; 
 6524: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6525:  &nbsp; 
 6526: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6527:  &nbsp; 
 6528: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
 6529: <TABLE border=0>
 6530: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
 6531: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6532: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6533: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6534: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6535: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6536: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6537: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6538: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6539: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6540: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6541: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6542: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6543: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6544: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6545: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6546: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6547: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6548: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6549: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6550: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6551: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6552: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6553: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6554: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6555: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6556: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6557: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6558: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6559: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6560: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6561: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6562: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6563: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6564: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6565: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6566: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6567: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6568: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6569: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6570: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6571: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6572: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6573: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6574: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6575: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">colored-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6576: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6577: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6578: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6579: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6580: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6581: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6582: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6583: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6584: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6585: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6586: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6587: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6588: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6589: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6590: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6591: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6592: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6593: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6594: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6595: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6596: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6597: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6598: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6599: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 6600: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 6601: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6602: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6603: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6604: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6605: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6606: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6607: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6608: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6609: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6610: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6611: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6612: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6613: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6614: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6615: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6616: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6617: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6618: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6619: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6620: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6621: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6622: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6623: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6624: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6625: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6626: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6627: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6628: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6629: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6630: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6631: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6632: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6633: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6634: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6635: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6636: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6637: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6638: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6639: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6640: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6641: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6642: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6643: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6644: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6645: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6646: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6647: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6648: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6649: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6650: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6651: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6652: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6653: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6654: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6655: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6656: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6657: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6658: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6659: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6660: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6661: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6662: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6663: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6664: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6665: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6666: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6667: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6668: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6669: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6670: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6671: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6672: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6673: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6674: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6675: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6676: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6677: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6678: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6679: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6680: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6681: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6682: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6683: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6684: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6685: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6686: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6687: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6688: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6689: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6690: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6691: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6692: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6693: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6694: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6695: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6696: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6697: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6698: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6699: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6700: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6701: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6702: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6703: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6704: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6705: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6706: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6707: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6708: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6709: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6710: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6711: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6712: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6713: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6714: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
 6715: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6716: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6717: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6718: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6719: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6720: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6721: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6722: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR>
 6723: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6724: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6725: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6726: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6727: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6728: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX388">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6729: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6730: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6731: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6732: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6733: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6734: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6735: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6736: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6737: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6738: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6739: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6740: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6741: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 6742: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 6743: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 6744: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6745: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6746: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339">rl_change_environment</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6747: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6748: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6749: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_clear_history</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6750: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6751: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6752: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6753: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
 6754: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6755: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6756: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX375">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6757: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6758: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX379">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6759: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6760: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
 6761: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6762: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX383">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6763: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX391">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6764: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX384">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6765: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6766: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6767: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX378">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6768: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX381">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6769: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX380">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6770: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX382">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6771: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX390">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6772: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX374">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6773: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6774: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 6775: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6776: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 6777: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6778: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 6779: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6780: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6781: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6782: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6783: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6784: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6785: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6786: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6787: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6788: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6789: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6790: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6791: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6792: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6793: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6794: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6795: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235">rl_executing_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6796: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6797: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236">rl_executing_keyseq</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6798: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6799: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6800: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6801: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6802: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX386">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6803: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6804: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6805: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX376">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6806: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX387">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6807: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6808: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6809: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_filename_stat_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6810: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6811: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6812: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6813: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6814: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6815: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6816: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6817: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6818: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6819: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6820: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6821: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6822: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6823: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6824: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6825: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6826: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6827: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX385">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6828: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6829: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX392">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6830: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6831: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228">rl_input_available_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6832: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6833: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 6834: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6835: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6836: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6837: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237">rl_key_sequence_length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6838: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 6839: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6840: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6841: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6842: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6843: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6844: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6845: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6846: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6847: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6848: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6849: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 6850: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 6851: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6852: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6853: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6854: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6855: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6856: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6857: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6858: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6859: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6860: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6861: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6862: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6863: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 6864: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6865: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 6866: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6867: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6868: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6869: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6870: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6871: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6872: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6873: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6874: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6875: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6876: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6877: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 6878: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6879: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6880: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6881: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6882: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6883: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6884: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6885: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 6886: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6887: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6888: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6889: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 6890: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 6891: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227">rl_signal_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6892: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX389">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6893: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX377">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6894: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6895: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 6896: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 6897: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 6898: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 6899: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6900: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6901: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6902: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 6903: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6904: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6905: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6906: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6907: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6908: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6909: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6910: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6911: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6912: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6913: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6914: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6915: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">show-mode-in-prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6916: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6917: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6918: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6919: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6920: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6921: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6922: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6923: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6924: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6925: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6926: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6927: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6928: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6929: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6930: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6931: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6932: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6933: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6934: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6935: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 6936: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 6937: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6938: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6939: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6940: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6941: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6942: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6943: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6944: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6945: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6946: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6947: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6948: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6949: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6950: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6951: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6952: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6953: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6954: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6955: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6956: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6957: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6958: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6959: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6960: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6961: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
 6962:  &nbsp; 
 6963: <BR>
 6964: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6965:  &nbsp; 
 6966: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
 6967:  &nbsp; 
 6968: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6969:  &nbsp; 
 6970: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
 6971:  &nbsp; 
 6972: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6973:  &nbsp; 
 6974: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
 6975:  &nbsp; 
 6976: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
 6977:  &nbsp; 
 6978: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6979:  &nbsp; 
 6980: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6981:  &nbsp; 
 6982: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
 6983:  &nbsp; 
 6984: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6985:  &nbsp; 
 6986: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
 6987:  &nbsp; 
 6988: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
 6989:  &nbsp; 
 6990: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
 6991:  &nbsp; 
 6992: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6993:  &nbsp; 
 6994: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
 6995:  &nbsp; 
 6996: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
 6997:  &nbsp; 
 6998: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
 6999:  &nbsp; 
 7000: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 7001:  &nbsp; 
 7002: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 7003:  &nbsp; 
 7004: </td></tr></table><br><P>
 7005: 
 7006: <HR SIZE="6">
 7007: <A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A>
 7008: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7009: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7010: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7011: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7012: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7013: </TR></TABLE>
 7014: <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
 7015: <UL>
 7016: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
 7017: <BR>
 7018: <UL>
 7019: <A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A>
 7020: <BR>
 7021: <A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A>
 7022: <BR>
 7023: <UL>
 7024: <A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A>
 7025: <BR>
 7026: <A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A>
 7027: <BR>
 7028: <A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A>
 7029: <BR>
 7030: <A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A>
 7031: <BR>
 7032: <A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>
 7033: <BR>
 7034: </UL>
 7035: <A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>
 7036: <BR>
 7037: <UL>
 7038: <A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>
 7039: <BR>
 7040: <A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>
 7041: <BR>
 7042: <A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A>
 7043: <BR>
 7044: </UL>
 7045: <A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A>
 7046: <BR>
 7047: <UL>
 7048: <A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A>
 7049: <BR>
 7050: <A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A>
 7051: <BR>
 7052: <A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A>
 7053: <BR>
 7054: <A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A>
 7055: <BR>
 7056: <A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A>
 7057: <BR>
 7058: <A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A>
 7059: <BR>
 7060: <A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A>
 7061: <BR>
 7062: <A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A>
 7063: <BR>
 7064: </UL>
 7065: <A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A>
 7066: <BR>
 7067: </UL>
 7068: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
 7069: <BR>
 7070: <UL>
 7071: <A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A>
 7072: <BR>
 7073: <A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A>
 7074: <BR>
 7075: <UL>
 7076: <A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A>
 7077: <BR>
 7078: <A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A>
 7079: <BR>
 7080: </UL>
 7081: <A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>
 7082: <BR>
 7083: <A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A>
 7084: <BR>
 7085: <UL>
 7086: <A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A>
 7087: <BR>
 7088: <A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>
 7089: <BR>
 7090: <A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A>
 7091: <BR>
 7092: <A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A>
 7093: <BR>
 7094: <A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>
 7095: <BR>
 7096: <A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>
 7097: <BR>
 7098: <A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A>
 7099: <BR>
 7100: <A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>
 7101: <BR>
 7102: <A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>
 7103: <BR>
 7104: <A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A>
 7105: <BR>
 7106: <A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A>
 7107: <BR>
 7108: <A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>
 7109: <BR>
 7110: <A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A>
 7111: <BR>
 7112: <A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A>
 7113: <BR>
 7114: </UL>
 7115: <A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A>
 7116: <BR>
 7117: <A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>
 7118: <BR>
 7119: <UL>
 7120: <A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A>
 7121: <BR>
 7122: <A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>
 7123: <BR>
 7124: <A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A>
 7125: <BR>
 7126: <A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A>
 7127: <BR>
 7128: </UL>
 7129: </UL>
 7130: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
 7131: <BR>
 7132: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
 7133: <BR>
 7134: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
 7135: <BR>
 7136: </UL>
 7137: <HR SIZE=1>
 7138: <A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A>
 7139: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7140: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7141: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7142: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7143: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7144: </TR></TABLE>
 7145: <H1>Short Table of Contents</H1>
 7146: <BLOCKQUOTE>
 7147: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
 7148: <BR>
 7149: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
 7150: <BR>
 7151: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
 7152: <BR>
 7153: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
 7154: <BR>
 7155: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
 7156: <BR>
 7157: 
 7158: </BLOCKQUOTE>
 7159: <HR SIZE=1>
 7160: <A NAME="SEC_About"></A>
 7161: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7162: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7163: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7164: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7165: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7166: </TR></TABLE>
 7167: <H1>About this document</H1>
 7168: This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>February, 11  2014</I>
 7169: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
 7170: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
 7171: <P></P>  
 7172: The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
 7173: <P></P>
 7174: <table border = "1">
 7175: <TR>
 7176: <TH> Button </TH>
 7177: <TH> Name </TH>
 7178: <TH> Go to </TH>
 7179: <TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH>
 7180: </TR>
 7181: <TR>
 7182: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7183:  [ &lt; ] </TD>
 7184: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7185: Back
 7186: </TD>
 7187: <TD>
 7188: previous section in reading order
 7189: </TD>
 7190: <TD>
 7191: 1.2.2
 7192: </TD>
 7193: </TR>
 7194: <TR>
 7195: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7196:  [ &gt; ] </TD>
 7197: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7198: Forward
 7199: </TD>
 7200: <TD>
 7201: next section in reading order
 7202: </TD>
 7203: <TD>
 7204: 1.2.4
 7205: </TD>
 7206: </TR>
 7207: <TR>
 7208: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7209:  [ &lt;&lt; ] </TD>
 7210: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7211: FastBack
 7212: </TD>
 7213: <TD>
 7214: previous or up-and-previous section 
 7215: </TD>
 7216: <TD>
 7217: 1.1
 7218: </TD>
 7219: </TR>
 7220: <TR>
 7221: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7222:  [ Up ] </TD>
 7223: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7224: Up
 7225: </TD>
 7226: <TD>
 7227: up section
 7228: </TD>
 7229: <TD>
 7230: 1.2
 7231: </TD>
 7232: </TR>
 7233: <TR>
 7234: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7235:  [ &gt;&gt; ] </TD>
 7236: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7237: FastForward
 7238: </TD>
 7239: <TD>
 7240: next or up-and-next section
 7241: </TD>
 7242: <TD>
 7243: 1.3
 7244: </TD>
 7245: </TR>
 7246: <TR>
 7247: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7248:  [Top] </TD>
 7249: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7250: Top
 7251: </TD>
 7252: <TD>
 7253: cover (top) of document
 7254: </TD>
 7255: <TD>
 7256:  &nbsp; 
 7257: </TD>
 7258: </TR>
 7259: <TR>
 7260: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7261:  [Contents] </TD>
 7262: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7263: Contents
 7264: </TD>
 7265: <TD>
 7266: table of contents
 7267: </TD>
 7268: <TD>
 7269:  &nbsp; 
 7270: </TD>
 7271: </TR>
 7272: <TR>
 7273: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7274:  [Index] </TD>
 7275: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7276: Index
 7277: </TD>
 7278: <TD>
 7279: concept index
 7280: </TD>
 7281: <TD>
 7282:  &nbsp; 
 7283: </TD>
 7284: </TR>
 7285: <TR>
 7286: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7287:  [ ? ] </TD>
 7288: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7289: About
 7290: </TD>
 7291: <TD>
 7292: this page
 7293: </TD>
 7294: <TD>
 7295:  &nbsp; 
 7296: </TD>
 7297: </TR>
 7298: </TABLE>
 7299: <P></P>
 7300: where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position 
 7301: is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of 
 7302: the following structure:
 7303: <UL>
 7304: <LI> 1. Section One  </LI>
 7305: <UL>
 7306: <LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI>
 7307: <UL>
 7308: <LI> ... </LI>
 7309: </UL>
 7310: <LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI>
 7311: <UL>
 7312: <LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One
 7313: </LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two
 7314: </LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp; <STRONG>
 7315: &lt;== Current Position </STRONG>
 7316: </LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four
 7317: </LI></UL>
 7318: <LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI>
 7319: <UL>
 7320: <LI> ... </LI>
 7321: </UL>
 7322: <LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI>
 7323: </UL>
 7324: </UL>
 7325: 
 7326: <HR SIZE=1>
 7327: <BR>  
 7328: <FONT SIZE="-1">
 7329: This document was generated
 7330: by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>February, 11  2014</I>
 7331: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
 7332: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
 7333: 
 7334: </BODY>
 7335: </HTML>

FreeBSD-CVSweb <freebsd-cvsweb@FreeBSD.org>